summaryrefslogtreecommitdiff
path: root/26688-8.txt
diff options
context:
space:
mode:
Diffstat (limited to '26688-8.txt')
-rw-r--r--26688-8.txt7034
1 files changed, 7034 insertions, 0 deletions
diff --git a/26688-8.txt b/26688-8.txt
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..e6f725a
--- /dev/null
+++ b/26688-8.txt
@@ -0,0 +1,7034 @@
+The Project Gutenberg EBook of History, Manners, and Customs of the North
+American Indians, by George Mogridge
+
+This eBook is for the use of anyone anywhere at no cost and with
+almost no restrictions whatsoever. You may copy it, give it away or
+re-use it under the terms of the Project Gutenberg License included
+with this eBook or online at www.gutenberg.org
+
+
+Title: History, Manners, and Customs of the North American Indians
+
+Author: George Mogridge
+
+Editor: Thomas O. Summers
+
+Release Date: September 22, 2008 [EBook #26688]
+
+Language: English
+
+Character set encoding: ISO-8859-1
+
+*** START OF THIS PROJECT GUTENBERG EBOOK HISTORY, NORTH AMERICAN INDIANS ***
+
+
+
+
+Produced by Irma Spehar and the Online Distributed
+Proofreading Team at https://www.pgdp.net (This file was
+produced from images generously made available by The
+Internet Archive/American Libraries.)
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+ HISTORY, MANNERS, AND CUSTOMS
+ OF THE
+ NORTH AMERICAN INDIANS.
+
+
+ BY OLD HUMPHREY.
+
+
+ REVISED BY THOMAS O. SUMMERS, D.D.
+
+
+ Nashville, Tenn.:
+ SOUTHERN METHODIST PUBLISHING HOUSE.
+ 1859.
+
+
+
+
+ Prefatory Note.
+
+
+This volume is one of a series of books from the ready and prolific
+pen of the late George Mogridge--better known by his _nom de plume_,
+"Old Humphrey." Most of his works were written for the London
+Religious Tract Society, and were originally issued under the auspices
+of that excellent institution. In revising them for our catalogue, we
+have found it necessary to make scarcely any alterations. A "Memoir of
+Old Humphrey, with Gleanings from his Portfolio"--a charming
+biography--accompanies our edition of his most interesting works.
+
+Every Sunday-school and Family Library should be supplied with the
+entertaining and useful productions of Old Humphrey's versatile and
+sanctified genius.
+
+ T. O. SUMMERS.
+
+ NASHVILLE, TENN., Sept. 27, 1855.
+
+
+
+
+ PREFACE.
+
+
+The present volume is in substance a reprint from a work published by
+the _London Religious Tract Society_, and is, we believe, chiefly
+compiled from the works of our enterprising countryman, CATLIN. It is
+rendered especially attractive by the spirited and impressive
+pictorial illustrations of Indian life and scenery with which it
+abounds.
+
+Great changes have occurred in late years, in the circumstances and
+prospects of the Indian tribes, and neither their number nor condition
+can be ascertained with much accuracy. We have endeavoured to make the
+present edition as correct as possible, and have omitted some parts of
+the original work which seemed irrelevant, or not well authenticated.
+We have also made such changes in the phraseology as its republication
+in this country requires.
+
+
+
+
+ THE INDIANS OF NORTH AMERICA
+
+
+ [Illustration]
+
+ CHAPTER I
+
+
+It was on a wild and gusty day, that Austin and Brian Edwards were
+returning home from a visit to their uncle, who lived at a distance of
+four or five miles from their father's dwelling, when the wind, which
+was already high, rose suddenly; and the heavens, which had for some
+hours been overclouded, grew darker, with every appearance of an
+approaching storm. Brian was for returning back; but to this Austin
+would by no means consent. Austin was twelve years of age, and Brian
+about two years younger. Their brother Basil, who was not with them,
+had hardly completed his sixth year.
+
+The three brothers, though unlike in some things--for Austin was
+daring, Brian fearful, and Basil affectionate--very closely resembled
+each other in their love of books and wonderful relations. What one
+read, the other would read; and what one had learned, the other wished
+to know.
+
+Louder and louder blew the wind, and darker grew the sky, and already
+had a distant flash and growling thunder announced the coming storm,
+when the two brothers arrived at the rocky eminence where, though the
+wood was above them, the river rolled nearly a hundred fathoms below.
+Some years before, a slip of ground had taken place at no great
+distance from the spot, when a mass of earth, amounting to well nigh
+half an acre, with the oak trees that grew upon it, slid down, all at
+once, towards the river. The rugged rent occasioned by the slip of
+earth, the great height of the road above the river, the rude rocks
+that here and there presented themselves, and the giant oaks of the
+wood frowning on the dangerous path, gave it a character at once
+highly picturesque and fearful. Austin, notwithstanding the loud
+blustering of the wind, and the remonstrance of his brother to hasten
+on, made a momentary pause to enjoy the scene.
+
+In a short time the two boys had approached the spot where a low,
+jutting rock of red sand-stone, around which the roots of a large tree
+were seen clinging, narrowed the path; so that there was only the
+space of a few feet between the base of the rock and an abrupt and
+fearful precipice.
+
+Austin was looking down on the river, and Brian was holding his cap to
+prevent it being blown from his head, when, between the fitful blasts,
+a loud voice, or rather a cry, was heard. "Stop, boys, stop! come not
+a foot farther on peril of your lives!" Austin and Brian stood still,
+neither of them knowing whence came the cry, nor what was the danger
+that threatened them; they were, however, soon sensible of the latter,
+for the rushing winds swept through the wood with a louder roar, and,
+all at once, part of the red sand-stone rock gave way with the giant
+oak whose roots were wrapped round it, when the massy ruin, with a
+fearful crash, fell headlong across the path, and right over the
+precipice. Brian trembled with affright, and Austin turned pale. In
+another minute an active man, somewhat in years, was seen making his
+way over such parts of the fallen rock as had lodged on the precipice.
+It was he who had given the two brothers such timely notice of their
+danger, and thereby saved their lives.
+
+Austin was about to thank him, but hardly had he began to speak, when
+the stranger stopped him. "Thank God, my young friends," said he with
+much emotion, "and not me; for we are all in his hands. It is his
+goodness that has preserved you." In a little time the stranger had
+led Austin and Brian, talking kindly to them all the way, to his
+comfortable home, which was at no great distance from the bottom of
+the wood.
+
+Scarcely had they seated themselves, when the storm came on in full
+fury. As flash after flash seemed to rend the dark clouds, the rain
+came down like a deluge, and the two boys were thankful to find
+themselves in so comfortable a shelter. Brian's attention was all
+taken up with the storm while Austin was surprised to see the room all
+hung round with lances, bows and arrows, quivers, tomahawks, and other
+weapons of Indian warfare together with pouches, girdles, and garments
+of great beauty, such as he had never before seen. A sight so
+unexpected both astonished and pleased him, and made a deep impression
+on his mind.
+
+It was some time before the storm had spent its rage, so that the two
+brothers had some pleasant conversation with the stranger, who talked
+to them cheerfully. He did not, however, fail to dwell much on the
+goodness of God in their preservation; nor did he omit to urge on them
+to read, on their return home, the first two verses of the forty-sixth
+Psalm, which he said might dispose them to look upwards with
+thankfulness and confidence. Austin and Brian left the stranger, truly
+grateful for the kindness which had been shown them; and the former
+felt determined it should not be his fault, if he did not, before
+long, make another visit to the place.
+
+When the boys arrived at home, they related, in glowing colours, and
+with breathless haste, the adventure which had befallen them. Brian
+dwelt on the black clouds, the vivid lightning, and the rolling
+thunder; while Austin described, with startling effect, the sudden cry
+which had arrested their steps near the narrow path, and the dreadful
+crash of the red sand-stone rock, when it broke over the precipice,
+with the big oak-tree that grew above it. "Had we not been stopped by
+the cry," said he, "we must in another minute have been dashed to
+pieces." He then, after recounting how kind the stranger had been to
+them, entered on the subject of the Indian weapons.
+
+Though the stranger who had rendered the boys so important a service
+was dressed like a common farmer, there was that in his manner so
+superior to the station he occupied, that Austin, being ardent and
+somewhat romantic in his notions, and wrought upon by the Indian
+weapons and dresses he had seen, thought he must be some important
+person in disguise. This belief he intimated with considerable
+confidence, and assigned several good reasons in support of his
+opinion.
+
+Brian reminded Austin of the two verses they were to read; and, when
+the Bible was produced, he read aloud, "God is our refuge and
+strength, a very present help in trouble. Therefore will not we fear,
+though the earth be removed, and though the mountains be carried into
+the midst of the sea."
+
+"Ah," said Austin, "we had, indeed, a narrow escape; for if the
+mountains were not carried into the sea, the rock fell almost into the
+river."
+
+On the morrow, Mr. Edwards was early on his way, to offer his best
+thanks, with those of Mrs. Edwards, to the stranger who had saved the
+lives of his children. He met him at the door, and in an interview of
+half an hour Mr. Edwards learned that the stranger was the son of a
+fur trader; and that, after the death of his father, he had spent
+several years among the Indian tribes, resting in their wigwams,
+hunting with them, and dealing in furs; but that, having met with an
+injury in his dangerous calling, he had at last abandoned that mode of
+life. Being fond of solitude, he had resolved, having the means of
+following out his plans, to purchase a small estate, and a few sheep;
+he should then be employed in the open air, and doubted not that
+opportunities would occur, wherein he could make himself useful in the
+neighbourhood. There was, also, another motive that much influenced
+him in his plans. His mind had for some time been deeply impressed
+with divine things, and he yearned for that privacy and repose, which,
+while it would not prevent him from attending on God's worship, would
+allow him freely to meditate on His holy word, which for some time had
+been the delight of his heart.
+
+He told Mr. Edwards, that he had lived there for some months, and
+that, on entering the wood the day before, close by the narrow path,
+he perceived by the swaying of the oak tree and moving of the
+sand-stone rock, that there was every probability of their falling:
+this had induced him to give that timely warning which had been the
+means, by the blessing of God, of preserving the young lads from their
+danger.
+
+Mr. Edwards perceived, by his conversation and manners, that he was of
+respectable character; and some letters both from missionaries and
+ministers, addressed to the stranger, spoke loudly in favour of his
+piety. After offering him his best thanks, in a warm-hearted manner,
+and expressing freely the pleasure it would give him, if he could in
+any way act a neighbourly part in adding to his comfort, Mr. Edwards
+inquired if his children might be permitted to call at the house, to
+inspect the many curiosities that were there. This being readily
+assented to, Mr. Edwards took his departure with a very favourable
+impression of his new neighbour, with whom he had so unexpectedly been
+made acquainted.
+
+Austin and Brian were, with some impatience, awaiting their father's
+return, and when they knew that the stranger who had saved their lives
+had actually passed years among the Indians, on the prairies and in
+the woods: that he had slept in their wigwams; hunted beavers, bears,
+and buffaloes with them; shared in their games; heard their wild
+war-whoop, and witnessed their battles, their delight was unbounded.
+Austin took large credit for his penetration in discovering that their
+new friend was not a common shepherd, and signified his intention of
+becoming thoroughly informed of all the manners and customs of the
+North American Indians.
+
+Nothing could have been more agreeable to the young people than this
+unlooked-for addition to their enjoyment. They had heard of the
+Esquimaux, of Negroes, Malays, New Zealanders, Chinese, Turks, and
+Tartars; but very little of the North American Indians. It was
+generally agreed, as leave had been given them to call at the
+stranger's, that the sooner they did it the better. Little Basil was
+to be of the party; and it would be a difficult thing to decide which
+of the three brothers looked forward to the proposed interview with
+the greatest pleasure.
+
+Austin, Brian, and Basil, had at different times found abundant
+amusement in reading of parrots, humming birds, and cocoa nuts; lions,
+tigers, leopards, elephants, and the horned rhinoceros; monkeys,
+raccoons, opossums, and sloths; mosquitoes, lizards, snakes, and scaly
+crocodiles; but these were nothing in their estimation, compared with
+an account of Indians, bears, and buffaloes, from the mouth of one who
+had actually lived among them.
+
+
+
+
+ [Illustration: Indian Scenery.]
+
+ CHAPTER II.
+
+
+Austin Edwards was too ardent in his pursuits not to make the intended
+visit to the cottage near the wood the continued theme of his
+conversation with his brothers through the remainder of the day; and,
+when he retired to rest, in his dreams he was either wandering through
+the forest defenceless, having lost his tomahawk, or flying over the
+prairie on the back of a buffalo, amid the yelling of a thousand
+Indians.
+
+The sun was bright in the skies when the three brothers set out on
+their anticipated excursion. Austin was loud in praise of their kind
+preserver, but he could not at all understand how any one, who had
+been a hunter of bears and buffaloes, could quietly settle down to
+lead the life of a farmer; for his part, he would have remained a
+hunter for ever. Brian thought the hunter had acted a wise part in
+coming away from so many dangers; and little Basil, not being quite
+able to decide which of his two brothers was right, remained silent.
+
+As the two elder brothers wished to show Basil the place where they
+stood when the oak tree and the red sand-stone rock fell over the
+precipice with a crash; and as Basil was equally desirous to visit the
+spot, they went up to it. Austin helped his little brother over the
+broken fragments which still lay scattered over the narrow path. It
+was a sight that would have impressed the mind of any one; and Brian
+looked up with awe to the remaining part of the rifted rock, above
+which the fallen oak tree had stood. Austin was very eloquent in his
+description of the sudden voice of the stranger, of the roaring wind
+as it rushed through the wood, and of the crashing tree and falling
+rock. Basil showed great astonishment; and they all descended from the
+commanding height, full of the fearful adventure of the preceding day.
+
+When they were come within sight of the wood, Brian cried out that he
+could see the shepherd's cottage; but Austin told him that he ought
+not to call the cottager a shepherd, but a hunter. It was true that he
+had a flock of sheep, but he kept them more to employ his time than to
+get a living by them. For many years he had lived among the Indians,
+and hunted buffaloes with them; he was, therefore, to all intents and
+purposes, a buffalo hunter, and ought not to be called a shepherd.
+This important point being settled--Brian and Basil having agreed to
+call him, in future, a hunter, and not a shepherd--they walked on
+hastily to the cottage.
+
+In five minutes after, the hunter was showing and explaining to his
+delighted young visitors the Indian curiosities which hung around the
+walls of his cottage, together with others which he kept with greater
+care. These latter were principally calumets, or peace-pipes;
+mocassins, or Indian shoes; war-eagle dresses, mantles, necklaces,
+shields, belts, pouches and war-clubs of superior workmanship. There
+was also an Indian cradle, and several rattles and musical
+instruments: these altogether afforded the young people wondrous
+entertainment. Austin wanted to know how the Indians used their
+war-clubs; Brian inquired how they smoked the peace-pipe; and little
+Basil was quite as anxious in his questions about a rattle, which he
+had taken up and was shaking to and fro. To all these inquiries the
+hunter gave satisfactory replies, with a promise to enter afterwards
+on a more full explanation.
+
+In addition to these curiosities, the young people were shown a few
+specimens of different kinds of furs: as those of the beaver, ermine,
+sable, martin, fiery fox, black fox, silver fox, and squirrel. Austin
+wished to know all at once, where, and in what way these fur animals
+were caught; and, with this end in view, he contrived to get the
+hunter into conversation on the subject. "I suppose," said he, "that
+you know all about beavers, and martins, and foxes, and squirrels."
+
+_Hunter._ I ought to know something about them, having been in my time
+somewhat of a _Voyageur_, a _Coureur des bois_, a _Trapper_, and a
+_Freeman_; but you will hardly understand these terms without some
+little explanation.
+
+_Austin._ What is a Coureur des bois?
+
+_Brian._ What is a Voyageur?
+
+_Basil._ I want to know what a Trapper is.
+
+_Hunter._ Perhaps it will be better if I give you a short account of
+the way in which the furs of different animals are obtained, and then
+I can explain the terms, Voyageur, Coureur des bois, Trapper, and
+Freeman, as well as a few other things which you may like to know.
+
+_Brian._ Yes, that will be the best way.
+
+_Austin._ Please not to let it be a short account, but a long one.
+Begin at the very beginning, and go on to the very end.
+
+_Hunter._ Well, we shall see. It has pleased God, as we read in the
+first chapter of the book of Genesis, to give man "dominion over the
+fish of the sea, and over the fowl of the air, and over the cattle,
+and over all the earth, and over every creeping thing that creepeth
+upon the earth." The meaning of which is, no doubt, not that he may
+cruelly abuse them, but that he may use them for his wants and
+comforts, or destroy them when they annoy and injure him. The skins of
+animals have been used as clothing for thousands of years; and furs
+have become so general in dresses and ornaments, that, to obtain them,
+a regular trade has long been carried on. In this traffic, the
+uncivilized inhabitants of cold countries exchange their furs for
+useful articles and comforts and luxuries, which are only to be
+obtained from warmer climes and civilized people.
+
+_Austin._ And where do furs come from?
+
+_Hunter._ Furs are usually obtained in cold countries. The ermine and
+the sable are procured in the northern parts of Europe and Asia; but
+most of the furs in use come from the northern region of our own
+country.
+
+If you look at the map of North America, you will find that between
+the Atlantic and the Pacific Oceans the space is, in its greatest
+breath, more than three thousand miles; and, from north to south, the
+country stretches out, to say the least of it, a thousand miles still
+further. The principal rivers of North America are the Mackenzie,
+Missouri, Mississippi, Ohio, and St. Lawrence. The Mississippi is
+between three and four thousand miles long. Our country abounds with
+lakes, too: Ontario and Winipeg are each near two hundred miles long;
+Lakes Huron and Erie are between two and three hundred; Michigan is
+four hundred, and Lake Superior nearly five hundred miles long.
+
+_Brian._ What a length for a lake! nearly five hundred miles! Why, it
+is more like a sea than a lake.
+
+_Hunter._ Well, over a great part of the space that I have mentioned,
+furry animals abound; and different fur companies send those in their
+employ to boat up the river, to sail through the lakes, to hunt wild
+animals, to trap beavers, and to trade with the various Indian tribes
+which are scattered throughout this extensive territory.
+
+_Austin._ Oh! how I should like to hunt and to trade with the Indians!
+
+_Hunter._ Better think the matter over a little before you set off on
+such an expedition. Are you ready to sail by ship, steam-boat, and
+canoe, to ride on horseback, or to trudge on foot, as the case may
+require; to swim across brooks and rivers; to wade through bogs, and
+swamps, and quagmires; to live for weeks on flesh, without bread or
+salt to it; to lie on the cold ground; to cook your own food; and to
+mend your own jacket and mocassins? Are you ready to endure hunger and
+thirst, heat and cold, rain and solitude? Have you patience to bear
+the stings of tormenting mosquitoes; and courage to defend your life
+against the grizzly bear, the buffalo, and the tomahawk of the red
+man, should he turn out to be an enemy?
+
+_Brian._ No, no, Austin. You must not think of running into such
+dangers.
+
+_Hunter._ I will now give you a short account of the fur trade. About
+two hundred years ago, or more, the French made a settlement in
+Canada, and they soon found such advantage in obtaining the furry
+skins of the various animals wandering in the woods and plains around
+them, that, after taking all they could themselves, they began to
+trade with the Indians, the original inhabitants of the country, who
+brought from great distances skins of various kinds. In a rude camp,
+formed of the bark of trees, these red men assembled, seated
+themselves in half circles, smoked their pipes, made speeches, gave
+and received presents, and traded with the French people for their
+skins. The articles given in exchange to the Indian hunters, were
+knives, axes, arms, kettles, blankets, and cloth: the brighter the
+colour of the cloth, the better the Indians were pleased.
+
+_Austin._ I think I can see them now.
+
+_Basil._ Did they smoke such pipes as we have been looking at?
+
+_Hunter._ Yes; for almost all the pipes used by the red men are made
+of red stone, dug out of the same quarry, called pipe-stone quarry;
+about which I will tell you some other time. One bad part of this
+trading system was, that the French gave the Indians but a small part
+of the value of their skins; and besides this they charged their own
+articles extravagantly high; and a still worse feature in the case
+was, that they supplied the Indians with spirituous liquors, and thus
+brought upon them all the evils and horrors of intemperance.
+
+This system of obtaining furs was carried on for many years, when
+another practice sprang up. Such white men as had accompanied the
+Indians in hunting, and made themselves acquainted with the country,
+would paddle up the rivers in canoes, with a few arms and provisions,
+and hunt for themselves. They were absent sometimes for as much as a
+year, or a year and a half, and then returned with their canoes laden
+with rich furs. These white men were what I called _Coureurs des
+bois_, rangers of the woods.
+
+_Austin._ Ah! I should like to be a coureur des bois.
+
+_Hunter._ Some of these coureurs des bois became very lawless and
+depraved in their habits, so that the French government enacted a law
+whereby no one, on pain of death, could trade in the interior of the
+country with the Indians, without a license. Military posts were also
+established, to protect the trade. In process of time, too, fur
+companies were established; and men, called _Voyageurs_, or canoe men,
+were employed, expressly to attend to the canoes carrying supplies up
+the rivers, or bringing back cargoes of furs.
+
+_Basil._ Now we know what a _Voyageur_ is.
+
+_Hunter._ You would hardly know me, were you to see me dressed as a
+voyageur. Just think: I should have on a striped cotton shirt, cloth
+trousers, a loose coat made of a blanket, with perhaps leathern
+leggins, and deer-skin mocassins; and then I must not forget my
+coloured worsted belt, my knife and tobacco pouch.
+
+_Austin._ What a figure you would cut! And yet, I dare say, such a
+dress is best for a voyageur.
+
+_Hunter._ Most of the Canadian voyageurs were good-humoured,
+light-hearted men, who always sang a lively strain as they dipped
+their oars into the waters of the lake or rolling river; but
+steam-boats are now introduced, so that the voyageurs are but few.
+
+_Basil._ What a pity! I like those voyageurs.
+
+_Hunter._ The voyageurs, who were out for a long period, and navigated
+the interior of the country, were called _North-men_, or _Winterers_,
+while the others had the name of _Goers and Comers_. Any part of a
+river where they could not row a laden canoe, on account of the rapid
+stream, they called a _Décharge_; and there the goods were taken from
+the boats, and carried on their shoulders, while others towed the
+canoes up the stream: but a fall of water, where they were obliged not
+only to carry the goods, but also to drag the canoes on land up to the
+higher level, they called a _Portage_.
+
+_Austin._ We shall not forget the North-men, and Comers and Goers, nor
+the Décharges and Portages.
+
+_Basil._ You have not told us what a Trapper is.
+
+_Hunter._ A _Trapper_ is a beaver hunter. Those who hunt beavers and
+other animals, for any of the fur companies, are called Trappers; but
+such as hunt for themselves take the name of _Freemen_.
+
+_Austin._ Yes, I shall remember. Please to tell us how they hunt the
+beavers.
+
+_Hunter._ Beavers build themselves houses on the banks of creeks or
+small rivers, with mud, sticks, and stones, and afterwards cover them
+over with a coat of mud, which becomes very hard. These houses are
+five or six feet thick at the top; and in one house four old beavers,
+and six or eight young ones, often live together. But, besides their
+houses, the beavers take care to have a number of holes in the banks,
+under water, called _washes_, into which they can run for shelter,
+should their houses be attacked. It is the business of the trappers to
+find out all these washes, or holes; and this they do in winter, by
+knocking against the ice, and judging by the sound whether it is a
+hole. Over every hole they cut out a piece of ice, big enough to get
+at the beaver. No sooner is the beaver-house attacked, than the
+animals run into their holes, the entrances of which are directly
+blocked up with stakes. The trappers then either take them through the
+holes with their hands, or haul them out with hooks fastened to the
+end of a pole or stick.
+
+ [Illustration]
+
+_Austin._ But why is a beaver hunter called a trapper? I cannot
+understand that.
+
+_Hunter._ Because beavers are caught in great numbers in steel traps,
+which are set and baited on purpose for them.
+
+_Brian._ Why do they not catch them in the summer?
+
+_Hunter._ The fur of the beaver is in its prime in the winter; in the
+summer, it is of inferior quality.
+
+_Austin._ Do the trappers catch many beavers? I should think there
+could not be very many of them.
+
+_Hunter._ In one year, the Hudson's Bay Company alone sold as many as
+sixty thousand beaver-skins; and it is not a very easy matter to take
+them, I can assure you.
+
+_Austin._ Sixty thousand! I did not think there were so many beavers
+in the world.
+
+_Hunter._ I will tell you an anecdote, by which you will see that
+hunters and trappers have need to be men of courage and activity. A
+trapper, of the name of Cannon, had just had the good fortune to kill
+a buffalo; and, as he was at a considerable distance from his camp, he
+cut out the tongue and some of the choice bits, made them into a
+parcel, and slinging them on his shoulders by a strap passed round his
+forehead, as the voyageurs carry packages of goods, set out on his way
+to the camp. In passing through a narrow ravine, he heard a noise
+behind him, and looking round, beheld, to his dismay, a grizzly bear
+in full pursuit, apparently attracted by the scent of the meat. Cannon
+had heard so much of the strength and ferocity of this fierce animal,
+that he never attempted to fire, but slipping the strap from his
+forehead, let go the buffalo meat, and ran for his life. The bear did
+not stop to regale himself with the game, but kept on after the
+hunter. He had nearly overtaken him, when Cannon reached a tree, and
+throwing down his rifle, climbed up into it. The next instant Bruin
+was at the foot of the tree, but as this species of bear does not
+climb, he contented himself with turning the chase into a blockade.
+Night came on. In the darkness, Cannon could not perceive whether or
+not the enemy maintained his station; but his fears pictured him
+rigorously mounting guard. He passed the night, therefore, in the
+tree, a prey to dismal fancies. In the morning the bear was gone.
+Cannon warily descended the tree, picked up his gun, and made the best
+of his way back to the camp, without venturing to look after his
+buffalo-meat.
+
+_Austin._ Then the grizzly bear did not hurt him, after all.
+
+_Brian._ I would not go among those grizzly bears for all in the
+world.
+
+_Austin._ Do the hunters take deer as well as other animals?
+
+_Hunter._ Deer, though their skins are not so valuable as many furs,
+are very useful to hunters and trappers; for they not only add to
+their stock of peltries, but also supply them with food. When skins
+have been tanned on the inside, they are called _furs_; but, before
+they are tanned, they are called _peltries_. Deer are trapped much in
+the same way as buffaloes are. A large circle is enclosed with twisted
+trees and brushwood, with a very narrow opening, in the neighbourhood
+of a well-frequented deer path. The inside of the circle is crowded
+with small hedges, in the openings of which are set snares of twisted
+thongs, made fast at one end to a neighbouring tree. Two lines of
+small trees are set up, branching off outwardly from the narrow
+entrance of the circle; so that the further the lines of trees extend
+from the circle, the wider is the space between them. As soon as the
+deer are seen moving in the direction of the circle, the hunters get
+behind them, and urge them on by loud shouts. The deer, mistaking the
+lines of trees set up for enemies, fly straight forward, till they
+enter the snare prepared for them. The circle is then surrounded, to
+prevent their quitting it, while some of the hunters go into it,
+blocking up the entrance, and kill the deer with their bows and
+arrows, and their spears.
+
+_Basil._ I am sorry for the poor deer.
+
+_Brian._ And so am I, Basil.
+
+_Hunter._ Hunters are often obliged to leave food in particular
+places, in case they should be destitute on their return that way.
+They sometimes, too, leave property behind them, and for this purpose
+they form a _cache_.
+
+_Austin._ What is a _cache_?
+
+_Hunter._ A _cache_ is a hole, or place of concealment; and when any
+thing is put in it, great care is required to conceal it from enemies,
+and indeed from wild animals, such as wolves and bears.
+
+_Austin._ Well! but if they dig a deep hole, and put the things in it,
+how could anybody find it? A wolf and a bear would never find it out.
+
+_Hunter._ Perhaps not; unless they should smell it.
+
+_Austin._ Ay! I forgot that. I must understand a little more of my
+business before I set up for a hunter, or a trapper; but please to
+tell us all about a cache.
+
+_Hunter._ A cache is usually dug near a stream, that the earth taken
+out of the hole may be thrown into the running water, otherwise it
+would tell tales. Then the hunters spread blankets, or what clothes
+they have, over the surrounding ground, to prevent the marks of their
+feet being seen. When they have dug the hole they line it with dry
+grass, and sticks, and bark, and sometimes with a dry skin. After the
+things to be hidden are put in, they are covered with another dry
+skin, and the hole is filled up with grass, stones, and sticks, and
+trodden down hard, to prevent the top from sinking afterwards: the
+place is sprinkled with water to take away the scent; and the turf,
+which was first cut away, before the hole was dug, is laid down with
+care, just as it was before it was touched. They then take up their
+blankets and clothes, and leave the cache, putting a mark at some
+distance, that when they come again they may know where to find it.
+
+_Austin._ Capital! I could make a cache now, that neither bear, nor
+wolf, nor Indian could find.
+
+_Brian._ But if the bear did not find the cache, he might find you;
+and then what would become of you?
+
+_Austin._ Why I would climb a tree, as Cannon did.
+
+_Hunter._ Most of the furs that are taken find their way to London;
+but every year the animals which produce them become fewer. Besides
+the skins of larger animals, the furs of a great number of smaller
+creatures are valuable; and these, varying in their habits, require to
+be taken in a different manner. The bison is found on the prairies,
+or plains; the beaver, on creeks and rivers; the badger, the fox, and
+the rabbit, burrow in the ground; and the bear, the deer, the mink,
+the martin, the raccoon, the lynx, the hare, the musk-rat, the
+squirrel, and ermine, are all to be found in the woods. In paddling up
+the rivers in canoes, and in roaming through the woods and prairies,
+in search of these animals, I have mingled much with Indians of
+different tribes; and if you can, now and then, make a call on me, you
+will perhaps be entertained in hearing what I can tell you about them.
+The Indians should be regarded by us as brothers. We ought to feel
+interested in their welfare here, and in their happiness hereafter.
+The fact that we are living on lands once the residence of these
+roaming tribes, and that they have been driven far into the wilderness
+to make room for us, should lead us not only to feel sympathy for the
+poor Indians, but to make decided efforts for their improvement. Our
+missionary societies are aiming at this great object, but far greater
+efforts are necessary. We have the word of God, and Christian
+Sabbaths, and Christian ministers, and religious ordinances, in
+abundance, to direct and comfort us; but they are but scantily
+supplied with these advantages. Let us not forget to ask in our
+prayers, that the Father of mercies may make known his mercy to them,
+opening their eyes, and influencing their hearts, so that they may
+become true servants of the Lord Jesus Christ.
+
+The delight visible in the sparkling eyes of the young people, as
+they took their leave, spoke their thanks. On their way home, they
+talked of nothing else but fur companies, lakes, rivers, prairies, and
+rocky mountains; buffaloes, wolves, bears, and beavers; and it was
+quite as much as Brian and Basil could do, to persuade their brother
+Austin from making up his mind at once to be a voyageur, a coureur des
+bois, or a trapper. The more they were against it, so much the more
+his heart seemed set upon the enterprise; and the wilder they made the
+buffaloes that would attack him, and the bears and wolves that would
+tear him to pieces, the bolder and more courageous he became. However,
+though on this point they could not agree, they were all unanimous in
+their determination to make another visit the first opportunity.
+
+ [Illustration: Indian Cloak.]
+
+
+
+
+ [Illustration: Chiefs of different Tribes.]
+
+ CHAPTER III.
+
+
+The next time the three brothers did not go to the red sand-stone
+rock, but the adventure which took place there formed a part of their
+conversation. They found the hunter at home, and, feeling now on very
+friendly and familiar terms with him, they entered at once on the
+subject that was nearest their hearts. "Tell us, if you please," said
+Austin, as soon as they were seated, "about the very beginning of the
+red men."
+
+"You are asking me to do that," replied the hunter, "which is much
+more difficult than you suppose. To account for the existence of the
+original inhabitants, and of the various tribes of Indians which are
+now scattered throughout the whole of North America, has puzzled the
+heads of the wisest men for ages; and, even at the present day, though
+travellers have endeavoured to throw light on this subject, it still
+remains a mystery."
+
+_Austin._ But what is it that is so mysterious? What is it that wise
+men and travellers cannot make out?
+
+_Hunter._ They cannot make out how it is, that the whole of
+America--taking in, as it does, some parts which are almost always
+covered with snow, and other parts that are as hot as the sun can make
+them--should be peopled with a class of human beings distinct from all
+others in the world--red men, who have black hair, and no beards. If
+you remember, it is said, in the first chapter of Genesis, "So God
+created man in his own image, in the image of God created he him; male
+and female created he them." And, in the second chapter, "And the Lord
+God planted a garden eastward in Eden; and there he put the man whom
+he had formed." Now, it is known, by the names of the rivers which are
+mentioned in the chapter, that the garden of Eden was in Asia; so that
+you see our first parents, whence the whole of mankind have sprung,
+dwelt in Asia.
+
+_Austin._ Yes, that is quite plain.
+
+_Hunter._ Well, then, you recollect, I dare say, that when the world
+was drowned, all mankind were destroyed, except Noah and his family in
+the ark.
+
+_Brian._ Yes; we recollect that very well.
+
+_Hunter._ And when the ark rested, it rested on Mount Ararat, which is
+in Asia also. If you look on the map of the world, you will see that
+the three continents, Europe, Asia, and Africa, are united together;
+but America stands by itself, with an ocean rolling on each side of
+it, thousands of miles broad. It is easy to suppose that mankind would
+spread over the continents that are close together, but difficult to
+account for their passing over the ocean, at a time when the arts of
+ship-building and navigation were so little understood.
+
+_Austin._ They must have gone in a ship, that is certain.
+
+_Hunter._ But suppose they did, how came it about that they should be
+so very different from all other men? America was only discovered
+about four hundred years ago, and then it was well peopled with red
+men. Besides, there have been discovered throughout our country,
+monuments, ruins, and sites of ancient towns, with thousands of
+enclosures and fortifications. Articles, too, of pottery, sculpture,
+glass, and copper, have been found at times, sixty or eighty feet
+under the ground, and, in some instances, with forests growing over
+them, so that they must have been very ancient. The people who built
+these fortifications and towers, and possessed these articles in
+pottery, sculpture, glass, and copper, lived at a remote period, and
+must have been, to a considerable degree, cultivated. Who these people
+were, and how they came to America, no one knows, though many have
+expressed their opinions. But, even if we did know who they were, how
+could we account for the present race of Indians in North America
+being barbarous, when their ancestors were so highly civilized? These
+are difficulties which, as I said, have puzzled the wisest heads for
+ages.
+
+_Austin._ What do wise men and travellers say about these things?
+
+_Hunter._ Some think, that as the frozen regions of Asia, in one part,
+are so near the frozen regions of North America--it being only about
+forty miles across Behring's Straits--some persons from Asia might
+have crossed over there, and peopled the country; or that North
+America might have once been joined to Asia, though it is not so now;
+or that, in ancient times, some persons might have drifted, or been
+blown there by accident, in boats or ships, across the wide ocean.
+Some think these people might have been Phenicians, Carthagenians,
+Hebrews, or Egyptians; while another class of reasoners suppose them
+to have been Hindoos, Chinese, Tartars, Malays, or others. It seems,
+however, to be God's will often to humble the pride of his creatures,
+by baffling their conjectures, and hedging up their opinions with
+difficulties. His way is in the sea, and his path in the great waters,
+and his footsteps are not known. He "maketh the earth empty, and
+maketh it waste, and turneth it upside down, and scattereth abroad the
+inhabitants thereof."
+
+_Austin._ Well, if you cannot tell us of the Indians in former times,
+you can tell us of the Indians that there are, for that will be a
+great deal better.
+
+_Brian._ Yes, that it will.
+
+_Hunter._ You must bear in mind, that some years have passed since I
+was hunting and trapping in the woods and prairies, and that many
+changes have taken place since then among the Indians. Some have been
+tomahawked by the hands of the stronger tribes; some have given up
+their lands to the whites, and retired to the west of the Mississippi;
+and thousands have been carried off by disease, which has made sad
+havoc among them. I must, therefore, speak of them as they were. Some
+of the tribes, since I left them, have been utterly destroyed; not one
+living creature among them being left to speak of those who have gone
+before them.
+
+_Austin._ What a pity! They want some good doctors among them, and
+then diseases would not carry them off in that way.
+
+_Hunter._ I will not pretend to give you an exact account of the
+number of the different tribes, or the particular places they now
+occupy; for though my information may be generally right, yet the
+changes which have taken place are many.
+
+_Austin._ Please to tell us what you remember, and what you know; and
+that will quite satisfy us.
+
+_Hunter._ A traveller[1] among the Indian tribes has published a book
+called "Letters and Notes on the Manners, Customs, and Condition of
+the North American Indians;" and a most interesting and entertaining
+account it is. If ever you can lay hold of it, it will afford you
+great amusement. Perhaps no man who has written on the Indians has
+seen so much of them as he has.
+
+ [Footnote 1: Mr. Catlin]
+
+_Brian._ Did you ever meet Catlin?
+
+_Hunter._ O yes, many times; and a most agreeable companion I found
+him. He has lectured in most of our cities, and shown the beautiful
+collection of Indian dresses and curiosities collected during his
+visits to the remotest tribes. If you can get a sight of his book, you
+will soon see that he is a man of much knowledge, and possessing great
+courage, energy, and perseverance. I will now, then, begin my
+narrative; and if you can find pleasure in hearing a description of
+the Indians, with their villages, wigwams, war-whoops, and warriors;
+their manners, customs, and superstitions; their dress, ornaments, and
+arms; their mysteries, games, huntings, dances, war-councils,
+speeches, battles, and burials; with a fair sprinkling of prairie
+dogs, and wild horses; wolves, beavers, grizzly bears, and mad
+buffaloes; I will do my best to give you gratification.
+
+_Austin._ These are the very things that we want to know.
+
+_Hunter._ I shall not forget to tell you what the missionaries have
+done among the Indians; but that must be towards the latter end of my
+account. Let me first show you a complete table of the number and
+names of the tribes. It is in the Report made to Congress by the
+Commissioners of Indian Affairs for 1843-4.
+
+_Statement showing the number of each tribe of Indians, whether
+natives of, or emigrants to, the country west of the Mississippi, with
+items of emigration and subsistence._
+
++--------------------------------------------------------------------------+
+|Names of |Number |Number |Present |Number |Number |Number |Daily |
+|tribes. |of each |removed |western |remain- |removed|of each|expense|
+| |tribe |of each |popula- |ing east|since |now |of sub-|
+| |indigenous|tribe |tion of |of each |date of|under |sisting|
+| |to the |wholly or|each |tribe. |last |subsi- |them. |
+| |country |partially|tribe | |annual |stence | |
+| |west of |removed. |wholly or| |report.|west. | |
+| |the Missi-| |partially| | | | |
+| |ssippi. | |removed. | | | | |
+|----------+----------+---------+---------+--------+-------+-------+-------|
+|Chippewas,| | | | | | | |
+|Ottowas, | | | | | | | |
+|and Potta-| | | | | | | |
+|watomies, | | | | | | | |
+|and Potta-| | | | | | | |
+|watomies | | | | | | | |
+|of Indiana| -- | 5,779 | 2,298 | 92[a] | | | |
+| | | | | | | | |
+|Creeks | -- | 24,594 | 24,594 | 744 | | | |
+| | | | | | | | |
+|Choctaws | -- | 15,177 | 15,177 | 3,323 | | | |
+| | | | | | | | |
+|Minatarees| 2,000 | | | | | | |
+| | | | | | | | |
+|Florida | | | | | | | |
+|Indians | -- | 3,824 | 3,824 | -- | 212 | 212 |$7 68˝ |
+| | | | | | | | |
+|Pagans | 30,000 | | | | | | |
+| | | | | | | | |
+|Cherokees | -- | 25,911 | 25,911 | 1,000 | | | |
+| | | | | | | | |
+|Assina- | | | | | | | |
+|boins | -- | 7,000 | | | | | |
+| | | | | | | | |
+|Swan Creek| | | | | | | |
+|and Black | | | | | | | |
+|River | | | | | | | |
+|Chippewas | -- | 62 | 62 | 113 | | | |
+| | | | | | | | |
+|Appachees | 20,280 | | | | | | |
+| | | | | | | | |
+|Crees | 800 | | | | | | |
+| | | | | | | | |
+|Ottowas | | | | | | | |
+|and Chip- | | | | | | | |
+|pewas, to-| | | | | | | |
+|gether | | | | | | | |
+|with Chip-| | | | | | | |
+|pewas of | | | | | | | |
+|Michigan | -- | -- | -- | 7,055 | | | |
+| | | | | | | | |
+|Arrapahas | 2,500 | | | | | | |
+| | | | | | | | |
+|New York | | | | | | | |
+|Indians | -- | -- | -- | 3,293 | | | |
+| | | | | | | | |
+|Gros | | | | | | | |
+|Ventres | 3,300 | | | | | | |
+| | | | | | | | |
+|Chickasaws| -- | 4,930 | 4,930 | 80[b] |288[c] | 198[d]| 9 40˝ |
+| | | | | | | | |
+|Eutaws | 19,200 | | | | | | |
+| | | | | | | | |
+|Stock- | | | | | | | |
+|bridges | | | | | | | |
+|and Mun- | | | | | | | |
+|sees, and | | | | | | | |
+|Delawares | | | | | | | |
+|and | | | | | | | |
+|Munsees | -- | 180 | 278 | 320 | | | |
+| | | | | | | | |
+|Sioux | 25,000 | | | | | | |
+| | | | | | | | |
+|Quapaws | 476 | | | | | | |
+| | | | | | | | |
+|Iowas | 470 | | | | | | |
+| | | | | | | | |
+|Kickapoos | -- | 588 | 505 | | | | |
+| | | | | | | | |
+|Sacs and | | | | | | | |
+|Foxes of | | | | | | | |
+|Missis- | | | | | | | |
+|sippi | 2,348[e]| | | | | | |
+| | | | | | | | |
+|Delawares | -- | 826 | 1,059 | | | | |
+| | | | | | | | |
+|Shawnees | -- | 1,272 | 887 | | | | |
+| | | | | | | | |
+|Sacs of | | | | | | | |
+|Missouri | 414[e] | | | | | | |
+|Weas | -- | 225 | 176 | 30 | | | |
+| | | | | | | | |
+|Osages | 4,102 | | | | | | |
+| | | | | | | | |
+|Pianke- | | | | | | | |
+|shaws | -- | 162 | 98 | | | | |
+| | | | | | | | |
+|Kanzas | 1,588 | | | | | | |
+| | | | | | | | |
+|Peorias | | | | | | | |
+|and | | | | | | | |
+|Kaskaskias| -- | 132 | 150 | | | | |
+| | | | | | | | |
+|Omahas | 1,600 | | | | | | |
+| | | | | | | | |
+|Senecas | | | | | | | |
+|from | | | | | | | |
+|Sandusky | -- | 251 | 251 | | | | |
+| | | | | | | | |
+|Otoes and | | | | | | | |
+|Missourias| 931 | | | | | | |
+| | | | | | | | |
+|Senecas | | | | | | | |
+|and | | | | | | | |
+|Shawnees | -- | 211 | 211 | | | | |
+| | | | | | | | |
+|Pawnees | 12,500 | | | | | | |
+| | | | | | | | |
+|Winneba- | | | | | | | |
+|goes | -- | 4,500 | 2,183 | | | | |
+| | | | | | | | |
+|Camanches | 19,200 | | | | | | |
+| | | | | | | | |
+|Kiowas | 1,800 | | | | | | |
+| | | | | | | | |
+|Mandans | 300 | | | | | | |
+| | | | | | | | |
+|Crows | 4,000 | | | | | | |
+| | | | | | | | |
+|Wyandots | | | | | | | |
+|of Ohio | -- | 664 | -- | 50[g]| 664 | | |
+| | | | | | | | |
+|Poncas | 800 | | | | | | |
+| | | | | | | | |
+|Miamies | -- | -- | -- | 661 | | | |
+| | | | | | | | |
+|Arickarees| 1,200 | | | | | | |
+| | | | | | | | |
+|Menomonies| -- | -- | -- |2,464 | | | |
+| | | | | | | | |
+|Cheyenes | 2,000 | | | | | | |
+| | | | | | | | |
+|Chippewas | | | | | | | |
+|of the | | | | | | | |
+|Lakes | -- | -- | -- |2,564 | | | |
+| | | | | | | | |
+|Blackfeet | 1,300 | | | | | | |
+| | | | | | | | |
+|Caddoes | 2,000 | | | | | | |
+| | | | | | | | |
+|Snakes | 1,000 | | | | | | |
+| | | | | | | | |
+|Flatheads | 800 | | | | | | |
+| | | | | | | | |
+|Oneidas | | | | | | | |
+|of Green | | | | | | | |
+|Bay | -- | -- | -- | 675 | | | |
+| | | | | | | | |
+|Stock- | | | | | | | |
+|bridges of| | | | | | | |
+|Green Bay | -- | -- | -- | 207 | | | |
+| | | | | | | | |
+|Wyandots | | | | | | | |
+|of | | | | | | | |
+|Michigan | -- | -- | -- | 75 | | | |
+| | | | | | | | |
+|Pottawato-| | | | | | | |
+|mies of | | | | | | | |
+|Huron | -- | -- | -- | 100 | | | |
++----------+----------+---------+---------+--------+-------+-------+-------+
+| | 168,909 | 89,288 | 83,594 |22,846 | 1,164 | 410 | 17 09 |
++----------+----------+---------+---------+--------+-------+-------+-------+
+
+
+ NOTES.
+
+ [Footnote a: These 92 are Ottowas of Maumee.]
+
+ [Footnote b: This, as far as appears from any data in the
+ office; but, in point of fact, there are most probably no, or
+ very few, Chickasaws remaining east.]
+
+ [Footnote c: In this number is included a party, assumed to
+ be 100, who clandestinely removed themselves; but they are
+ withheld from the next column, because, it is not yet known
+ what arrangement has been made for their subsistence, though
+ instructions on that subject have been addressed to the
+ Choctaw agent.]
+
+ [Footnote d: Ten of these emigrated as far back as January,
+ 1842; but, as the number was so small, the arrangements for
+ their subsistence were postponed until they could be included
+ in some larger party, such as that which subsequently
+ arrived.]
+
+ [Footnote e: These Indians do not properly belong to this
+ column, but are so disposed of because the table is without
+ an exactly appropriate place for them. Originally, their
+ haunts extended east of the river, and some of their
+ possessions on this side are among the cessions by our
+ Indians to the Government, but their tribes have ever since
+ been gradually moving westward.]
+
+ [Footnote g: This number is conjectural, but cannot be far
+ from the truth, as Mr. McElvaine, the sub-agent, states that
+ but 8 or 10 families still remain.]
+
+_Hunter._ And now, place before you a map of North America. See how it
+stretches out north and south from Baffin's Bay to the Gulf of Mexico,
+and east and west from the Atlantic to the Pacific Ocean. What a
+wonderful work of the Almighty is the rolling deep! "The sea is His,
+and he made it: and his hands formed the dry land." Here are the great
+Lakes Superior, Michigan, Huron, Erie, and Ontario; and here run the
+mighty rivers, the Mississippi, the Missouri, the Ohio, and the St.
+Lawrence: the Mississippi itself is between three and four thousand
+miles long.
+
+_Basil._ What a river! Please to tell us what are all those little
+hills running along there, one above another, from top to bottom.
+
+_Hunter._ They are the Rocky Mountains. Some regard them as a
+continuation of the Andes of South America; so that, if both are put
+together, they will make a chain of mountains little short of nine
+thousand miles long. North America, with its mighty lakes, rivers, and
+mountains, its extended valleys and prairies, its bluffs, caverns, and
+cataracts, and, more than all, its Indian inhabitants, beavers,
+buffaloes, and bisons, will afford us something to talk of for some
+time to come; but the moment you are tired of my account, we will
+stop.
+
+_Austin._ We shall never be tired; no, not if you go on telling us
+something every time we come, for a whole year. But do tell us, how
+did these tribes behave to you, when you were among them?
+
+_Hunter._ I have not a word of complaint to make. The Indians have
+been represented as treacherous, dishonest, reserved, and sour in
+their disposition; but, instead of this, I have found them generally,
+though not in all cases, frank, upright, hospitable, light-hearted,
+and friendly. Those who have seen Indians smarting under wrongs, and
+deprived, by deceit and force, of their lands, hunting-grounds, and
+the graves of their fathers, may have found them otherwise: and no
+wonder; the worm that is trodden on will writhe; and man, unrestrained
+by Divine grace, when treated with injustice and cruelty, will turn on
+his oppressor.
+
+_Austin._ Say what you will, I like the Indians.
+
+_Hunter._ That there is much of evil among Indians is certain; much of
+ignorance, unrestrained passions, cruelty, and revenge: but they have
+been misrepresented in many things. I had better tell you the names of
+some of the chiefs of the tribes, or of some of the most remarkable
+men among them.
+
+_Austin._ Yes; you cannot do better. Tell us the names of all the
+chiefs, and the warriors, and the conjurors, and all about them.
+
+_Hunter._ The Blackfeet Indians are a very warlike people;
+_Stu-mick-o-súcks_ was the name of their chief.
+
+_Austin._ Stu-mick-o-súcks! What a name! Is there any meaning in it?
+
+_Hunter._ O yes. It means, "the back fat of the buffalo;" and if you
+had seen him and _Peh-tó-pe-kiss_, "the ribs of the eagle," another
+chief dressed up in their splendid mantles, buffaloes' horns, ermine
+tails, and scalp-locks, you would not soon have turned your eyes from
+them.
+
+_Brian._ Who would ever be called by such a name as that? The back fat
+of the buffalo!
+
+_Hunter._ The Camanchees are famous on horseback. There is no tribe
+among the Indians that can come up to them, to my mind, in the
+management of a horse, and the use of the lance: they are capital
+hunters. The name of their chief is _Eé-shah-kó-nee_, or "the bow and
+quiver." I hardly ever saw a larger man among the Indians than
+_Ta-wáh-que-nah_, the second chief in power. Ta-wáh-que-nah means "the
+mountain of rocks," a very fit name for a huge Indian living near the
+Rocky Mountains. When I saw _Kots-o-kó-ro-kó_, or "the hair of the
+bull's neck," (who is, if I remember right, the third chief,) he had a
+gun in his right hand, and his warlike shield on his left arm.
+
+_Austin._ If I go among the Indians, I shall stay a long time with the
+Camanchees; and then I shall, perhaps, become one of the most skilful
+horsemen, and one of the best hunters in the world.
+
+_Brian._ And suppose you get thrown off your horse, or killed in
+hunting buffaloes, what shall you say to it then?
+
+_Austin._ Oh, very little, if I get killed; but no fear of that. I
+shall mind what I am about. Tell us who is the head of the Sioux?
+
+_Hunter._ When I was at the upper waters of the Mississippi and
+Missouri rivers, _Ha-wón-je-tah_, or "the one horn," was chief; but
+since then, being out among the buffaloes, a buffalo bull attacked and
+killed him.
+
+_Basil._ There, Austin! If an Indian chief was killed by a buffalo,
+what should _you_ do among them? Why they would toss you over their
+heads like a shuttlecock.
+
+_Hunter._ _Wee-tá-ra-sha-ro_, the head chief of the Pawnee Picts, is
+dead now, I dare say; for he was a very old, as well as a very
+venerable looking man. Many a buffalo hunt with the Camanchees had he
+in his day, and many a time did he go forth with them in their
+war-parties. He had a celebrated brave of the name of _Ah'-sho-cole_,
+or "rotten foot," and another called _Ah'-re-kah-na-có-chee_, "the mad
+elk." Indians give the name of _brave_ to a warrior who has
+distinguished himself by feats of valour, such as admit him to their
+rank.
+
+_Brian._ I wonder that they should choose such long names. It must be
+a hard matter to remember them.
+
+_Hunter._ There were many famous men among the Sacs. _Kee-o-kuk_ was
+the chief. Kee-o-kuk means "the running fox." One of his boldest
+braves was _Má-ka-tai-me-she-kiá-kiák_, "the black hawk." The history
+of this renowned warrior is very curious. It was taken down from his
+own lips, and has been published. If you should like to listen to the
+adventures of Black Hawk, I will relate them to you some day, when you
+have time to hear them, as well as those of young Nik-ka-no-chee, a
+Seminole.
+
+_Austin._ We will not forget to remind you of your promise. It will be
+capital to listen to these histories.
+
+_Hunter._ When I saw _Wa-sáw-me-saw_, or "the roaring thunder," the
+youngest son of Black Hawk, he was in captivity. _Náh-se-ús-kuk_, "the
+whirling thunder," his eldest son, was a fine looking man, beautifully
+formed, with a spirit like that of a lion. There was a war called The
+Black Hawk war, and Black Hawk was the leader and conductor of it; and
+one of his most famous warriors was _Wah-pe-kée-suck_, or "white
+cloud;" he was, however, as often called The Prophet as the White
+Cloud. _Pam-a-hó_, "the swimmer;" _Wah-pa-ko-lás-kak_, "the track of
+the bear;" and _Pash-ce-pa-hó_, "the little stabbing chief;" were, I
+think, all three of them warriors of Black Hawk.
+
+_Basil._ The Little Stabbing Chief! He must be a very dangerous fellow
+to go near, if we may judge by his name: keep away from him, Austin,
+if you go to the Sacs.
+
+_Austin._ Oh! he would never think of stabbing me. I should behave
+well to all the tribes, and then I dare say they would all of them
+behave well to me. You have not said any thing of the Crow Indians.
+
+_Hunter._ I forget who was at the head of the Crows, though I well
+remember several of the warriors among them. They were tall,
+well-proportioned, and dressed with a great deal of taste and care.
+_Pa-ris-ka-roó-pa_, called "the two crows," had a head of hair that
+swept the ground after him as he walked along.
+
+_Austin._ What do you think of that, Basil? No doubt the Crows are
+fine fellows. Please to mention two or three more.
+
+_Hunter._ Let me see; there was _Eé-heé-a-duck-chée-a_, or "he who
+binds his hair before;" and _Hó-ra-to-ah_, "a warrior;" and
+_Chah-ee-chópes_, "the four wolves;" the hair of these was as long as
+that of Pa-ris-ka-roó-pa. Though they were very tall,
+Eé-heé-a-duck-chée-a being at least six feet high, the hair of each of
+them reached and rested on the ground.
+
+_Austin._ When I go among the Indians, the Crows shall not be
+forgotten by me. I shall have plenty to tell you of, Brian, when I
+come back.
+
+_Brian._ Yes, if you ever do come back; but what with the sea, and the
+rivers, and the swamps, and the bears, and the buffaloes, you are sure
+to get killed. You will never tell us about the Crows, or about any
+thing else.
+
+_Hunter._ There was one of the Crows called The Red Bear, or
+_Duhk-pits-o-hó-shee_.
+
+_Brian._ Duhk-pitch a--Duck pits--I cannot pronounce the word--why
+that is worse to speak than any.
+
+_Austin._ Hear me pronounce it then: _Duhk-pits-o-hoot-shee_. No; that
+is not quite right, but very near it.
+
+_Basil._ You must not go among the Crows yet, Austin; you cannot talk
+well enough.
+
+_Hunter._ Oh, there are much harder names among some of the tribes
+than those I have mentioned; for instance there is
+_Aú-nah-kwet-to-hau-páy-o_, "the one sitting in the clouds;" and
+_Eh-tohk-pay-she-peé-shah_, "the black mocassin;" and
+_Kay-ée-qua-da-kúm-ée-gish-kum_, "he who tries the ground with his
+foot;" and _Mah-to-rah-rish-nee-éeh-ée-rah_, "the grizzly bear that
+runs without fear."
+
+_Brian._ Why these names are as long as from here to yonder. Set to
+work, Austin! set to work! For, if there are many such names as these
+among the Indians, you will have enough to do without going to a
+buffalo hunt.
+
+_Austin._ I never dreamed that there were such names as those in the
+world.
+
+_Basil._ Ay, you will have enough of them, Austin, if you go abroad.
+You will never be able to learn them, do what you will. Give it up,
+Austin; give it up at once.
+
+Though Brian and Basil were very hard on Austin on their way home,
+about the long names of the Indians, and the impossibility of his ever
+being able to learn them by heart, Austin defended himself stoutly.
+"Very likely," said he, "after all, they call these long names very
+short, just as we do; Nat for Nathaniel, Kit for Christopher, and Elic
+for Alexander."
+
+
+
+
+ [Illustration: Wigwams.]
+
+ CHAPTER IV.
+
+
+It was not long before Austin, Brian, and Basil were again listening
+to the interesting accounts given by their friend, the hunter; and it
+would have been a difficult point to decide whether the listeners or
+the narrator derived most pleasure from their occupation. Austin began
+without delay to speak of the aborigines of North America.
+
+"We want to know," said he, "a little more about what these people
+were, and when they were first found out."
+
+_Hunter._ When America was first discovered, the inhabitants, though
+for the most part partaking of one general character, were not without
+variety. The greater part, as I told you, were, both in hot and cold
+latitudes, red men with black hair, and without beards. They, perhaps,
+might have been divided into four parts: the Mexicans and Peruvians,
+who were, to a considerable extent, civilized; the Caribs, who
+inhabited the fertile soil and luxuriant clime of the West Indies; the
+Esquimaux, who were then just the same people as they are now, living
+in the same manner by fishing; and the Red Men, or North American
+Indians.
+
+_Austin._ Then the Esquimaux are not Red Indians.
+
+_Hunter._ No; they are more like the people who live in Lapland, and
+in the North of Asia; and for this reason, and because the distance
+across Behring's Straits is so short, it is thought they came from
+Asia, and are a part of the same people. The red men are, however,
+different; and as we agreed that I should tell you about the present
+race of them, perhaps I may as well proceed.
+
+_Austin._ Yes. Please to tell us first of their wigwams, and their
+villages, and how they live.
+
+_Brian._ And what they eat, and what clothes they wear.
+
+_Basil._ And how they talk to one another.
+
+_Austin._ Yes; and all about their spears and tomahawks.
+
+_Hunter._ The wigwams of the Indians are of different kinds: some are
+extremely simple, being formed of high sticks or poles, covered with
+turf or the bark of trees; while others are very handsome. The Sioux,
+the Blackfeet, and the Crows, form their wigwams nearly in the same
+manner; that is, by sewing together the skins of buffaloes, after
+properly dressing them, and making them into the form of a tent. This
+covering is then supported by poles. The tent has a hole at the top,
+to let out the smoke, and to let in the light.
+
+_Austin._ Ay, that is a better way of making a wigwam than covering
+over sticks with turf.
+
+_Hunter._ The wigwams, or lodges, of the Mandans are round. A circular
+foundation is dug about two feet deep; timbers six feet high are set
+up all around it, and on these are placed other long timbers, slanting
+inwards, and fastened together in the middle, like a tent, leaving
+space for light and for the smoke to pass. This tent-like roof is
+supported by beams and upright posts, and it is covered over outwardly
+by willow boughs and a thick coating of earth; then comes the last
+covering of hard tough clay. The sun bakes this, and long use makes it
+solid. The outside of a Mandan lodge is almost as useful as the
+inside; for there the people sit, stand, walk, and take the air. These
+lodges are forty, fifty, or sixty feet wide.
+
+_Brian._ The Mandan wigwam is the best of all.
+
+_Hunter._ Wigwams, like those of the Mandans, which are always in the
+same place, and are not intended to be removed, are more substantial
+than such as may be erected and taken down at pleasure. Some of the
+wigwams of the Crow Indians, covered as they are with skins dressed
+almost white, and ornamented with paint, porcupine quills and
+scalp-locks, are very beautiful.
+
+_Austin._ Yes; they must look even better than the Mandan lodges, and
+they can be taken down and carried away.
+
+_Hunter._ It would surprise you to witness the manner in which an
+encampment of Crows or Sioux strike their tents or wigwams. I have
+seen several hundred lodges all standing; in two or three minutes
+after, all were flat upon the prairie.
+
+_Austin._ Why, it must be like magic.
+
+_Hunter._ The time has been fixed, preparations made, the signal
+given, and all at once the poles and skin coverings have been taken
+down.
+
+_Brian._ How do they carry the wigwams away with them?
+
+_Hunter._ The poles are dragged along by horses and by dogs; the
+smaller ends being fastened over their shoulders, while on the larger
+ends, dragging along the ground, are placed the coverings, rolled up
+together. The dogs pull along two poles, each with a load, while the
+horses are taxed according to their strength. Hundreds of horses and
+dogs, thus dragging their burdens, may be seen slowly moving over the
+prairie with attendant Indians on horseback, and women and girls on
+foot heavily laden.
+
+_Brian._ What a sight! and to what length they must stretch out; such
+a number of them!
+
+_Hunter._ Some of their villages are large, and fortified with two
+rows of high poles round them. A Pawnee Pict village on the Red River,
+with its five or six hundred beehive-like wigwams of poles, thatched
+with prairie grass, much pleased me. Round the village there were
+fields of maize, melons and pumpkins growing.
+
+The Indians hunt, fish, and some of them raise corn for food; but the
+flesh of the buffalo is what they most depend upon.
+
+_Austin._ How do the Indians cook their food?
+
+_Hunter._ They broil or roast meat and fish, by laying it on the fire,
+or on sticks raised above the fire. They boil meat, also, making of it
+a sort of soup. I have often seated myself, squatting down on a robe
+spread for me, to a fine joint of buffalo ribs, admirably roasted;
+with, perhaps, a pudding-like paste of the prairie turnip, flavoured
+with buffalo berries.
+
+_Austin._ That is a great deal like an English dinner--roast beef and
+a pudding.
+
+_Hunter._ The Indians eat a great deal of green corn, pemican, and
+marrow fat. The pemican is buffalo meat, dried hard, and pounded in a
+wooden mortar. Marrow fat is what is boiled out of buffalo bones; it
+is usually kept in bladders. They eat, also, the flesh of the deer and
+other animals: that of the dog is reserved for feasts and especial
+occasions. They have, also, beans and peas, peaches, melons and
+strawberries, pears, pumpkins, chinkapins, walnuts and chestnuts.
+These things they can get when settled in their villages; but when
+wandering, or on their war parties, they take up with what they can
+find. They never eat salt with their food.
+
+_Basil._ And what kind of clothes do they wear?
+
+_Hunter._ Principally skins, unless they trade with the whites, in
+which case they buy clothes of different kinds. Some wear long hair,
+some cut their hair off and shave the head. Some dress themselves
+with very few ornaments, but others have very many. Shall I describe
+to you the full dress of _Máh-to-tóh-pa_, "the four bears."
+
+_Austin._ Oh, yes; every thing belonging to him.
+
+_Hunter._ You must imagine, then, that he is standing up before you,
+while I describe him, and that he is not a little proud of his costly
+attire.
+
+_Austin._ I fancy that I can see him now.
+
+_Hunter._ His robe was the soft skin of a young buffalo bull. On one
+side was the fur; on the other, were pictured the victories he had
+won. His shirt, or tunic, was made of the skins of mountain sheep,
+ornamented with porcupine quills and paintings of his battles. From
+the edge of his shoulder-band hung the long black locks that he had
+taken with his own hand from his enemies. His head-dress was of
+war-eagle quills, falling down his back to his very feet; on the top
+of his head stood a pair of buffalo horns, shaven thin, and polished
+beautifully.
+
+_Brian._ What a figure he must have made!
+
+_Hunter._ His leggings were tight, decorated with porcupine quills and
+scalp-locks: they were made of the finest deer skins, and fastened to
+a belt round the waist. His mocassins, or shoes, were buckskin,
+embroidered in the richest manner; and his necklace, the skin of an
+otter, having on it fifty huge claws, or rather talons, of the grizzly
+bear.
+
+_Austin._ What a desperate fellow! Bold as a lion, I will be bound for
+it. Had he no weapons about him?
+
+_Hunter._ Oh, yes! He held in his left hand a two-edged spear of
+polished steel, with a shaft of tough ash, and ornamented with tufts
+of war-eagle quills. His bow, beautifully white, was formed of bone,
+strengthened with the sinews of deer, drawn tight over the back of it;
+the bow-string was a three-fold twist of sinews. Seldom had its twang
+been heard, without an enemy or a buffalo falling to the earth; and
+rarely had that lance been urged home, without finding its way to some
+victim's heart.
+
+_Austin._ Yes; I thought he was a bold fellow.
+
+_Hunter._ He had a costly shield of the hide of a buffalo, stiffened
+with glue and fringed round with eagle quills and antelope hoofs; and
+a quiver of panther skin, well filled with deadly shafts. Some of
+their points were flint, and some were steel, and most of them were
+stained with blood. He carried a pipe, a tobacco sack, a belt, and a
+medicine bag; and in his right hand he held a war club like a sling,
+being made of a round stone wrapped up in a raw hide and fastened to a
+tough stick handle.
+
+_Austin._ What sort of a pipe was it?
+
+_Basil._ What was in his tobacco sack?
+
+_Brian._ You did not say what his belt was made of.
+
+_Hunter._ His pipe was made of red pipe-stone, and it had a stem of
+young ash, full three feet long, braided with porcupine quills in the
+shape of animals and men. It was also ornamented with the beaks of
+woodpeckers, and hairs from the tail of the white buffalo. One thing I
+ought not to omit; on the lower half of the pipe, which was painted
+red, were notched the snows, or years of his life. By this simple
+record of their lives, the red men of the forest and the prairie may
+be led to something like reflection.
+
+_Basil._ What was in his tobacco sack?
+
+_Hunter._ His flint and steel, for striking a light, and his tobacco,
+which was nothing more than the bark of the red willow. His medicine
+bag was beaver skin, adorned with ermine and hawks' bills; and his
+belt, in which he carried his tomahawk and scalping-knife, was formed
+of tough buckskin, firmly fastened round his loins.
+
+_Austin._ Please to tell us about the scalping knife. It must be a
+fearful instrument.
+
+_Hunter._ All instruments of cruelty, vengeance and destruction are
+fearful, whether in savage or civilized life. What are we, that wrath
+and revenge and covetousness should be fostered in our hearts! What is
+man, that he should shed the blood of his brother! Before the Indians
+had dealing with the whites, they made their own weapons: their bows
+were strung with the sinews of deer; their arrows were headed with
+flint; their knives were sharpened bone; their war-clubs were formed
+of wood, cut into different shapes, and armed with sharp stones; and
+their tomahawks, or hatchets, were of the same materials: but now,
+many of their weapons, such as hatchets, spear-heads, and knives, are
+made of iron, being procured from the whites, in exchange for the
+skins they obtain in the chase. A scalping-knife is oftentimes no more
+than a rudely formed butcher's knife, with one edge, and the Indians
+wear them in beautiful scabbards under their belts.
+
+_Austin._ How does an Indian scalp his enemy?
+
+_Hunter._ The hair on the crown of the head is seized with the left
+hand; the knife makes a circle round it through the skin, and then the
+hair and skin together, sometimes with the hand, and sometimes with
+the teeth, are forcibly torn off! The scalp may be, perhaps, as broad
+as my hand.
+
+_Brian._ Terrible! Scalping would be sure to kill a man, I suppose.
+
+_Hunter._ Not always. Scalps are war trophies, and are generally
+regarded as proofs of the death of an enemy; but an Indian, inflamed
+with hatred and rage, and excited by victory, will not always wait
+till his foe has expired before he scalps him. The hair, as well as
+the scalp, of a fallen foe is carried off by the victorious Indian,
+and with it his clothes are afterwards ornamented. It is said, that,
+during the old French war, an Indian slew a Frenchman who wore a wig.
+The warrior stooped down, and seized the hair for the purpose of
+securing the scalp. To his great astonishment, the wig came off,
+leaving the head bare. The Indian held it up, and examining it with
+great wonder, exclaimed, in broken English, "Dat one big lie."
+
+_Brian._ How the Indian would stare!
+
+_Basil._ He had never seen a wig before, I dare say.
+
+_Hunter._ The arms of Indians, offensive and defensive, are, for the
+most part, those which I have mentioned--the club, the tomahawk, the
+bow and arrow, the spear, the shield and the scalping-knife. But the
+use of fire-arms is gradually extending among them. Some of their
+clubs are merely massy pieces of hard, heavy wood, nicely fitted to
+the hand, with, perhaps, a piece of hard bone stuck in the head part;
+others are curiously carved into fanciful and uncouth shapes; while,
+occasionally, may be seen a frightful war-club, knobbed all over with
+brass nails, with a steel blade at the end of it, a span long.
+
+_Austin._ What a terrible weapon, when wielded by a savage!
+
+ [Illustration: _a_, scalping-knife. _b_, ditto, in sheath.
+ _c_, _d_, war-clubs. _e_, _e_, tomahawks. _g_, whip.]
+
+_Brian._ I would not go among the Indians, with their clubs and
+tomahawks, for a thousand dollars.
+
+_Basil._ Nor would I: they would be sure to kill me.
+
+_Hunter._ The tomahawk is often carved in a strange manner; and some
+of the bows and arrows are admirable. The bow formed of bone and
+strong sinews is a deadly weapon; and some Indians have boasted of
+having sent an arrow from its strings right through the body of a
+buffalo.
+
+_Austin._ What a strong arm that Indian must have had! Through a
+buffalo's body!
+
+_Hunter._ The quiver is made of the skin of the panther, or the otter;
+and some of the arrows it contains are usually poisoned.
+
+_Brian._ Why, then, an arrow is sure to kill a person, if it hits him.
+
+_Hunter._ It is not likely that an enemy, badly wounded with a
+poisoned arrow, will survive; for the head is set on loosely, in order
+that, when the arrow is withdrawn, the poisoned barb may remain in the
+wound. How opposed are these cruel stratagems of war to the precepts
+of the gospel of peace, which are "Love your enemies, bless them that
+curse you, do good to them that hate you, and pray for them which
+despitefully use you, and persecute you!"
+
+_Basil._ What will you do, Austin, if you go among the Indians, and
+they shoot you with a poisoned arrow?
+
+_Austin._ Oh, I shall carry a shield. You heard that the Indians carry
+shields.
+
+_Hunter._ The shields of the Crows and Blackfeet are made of the thick
+skin of the buffalo's neck: they are made as hard as possible, by
+smoking them, and by putting glue upon them obtained from the hoofs of
+animals; so that they will not only turn aside an arrow, but even a
+musket ball, if they are held a little obliquely.
+
+_Austin._ There, Basil! You see that I shall be safe, after all; for I
+shall carry a large shield, and the very hardest I can get anywhere.
+
+_Hunter._ Their spears have long, slender handles, with steel heads:
+the handles are a dozen feet long, or more, and very skilful are they
+in the use of them; and yet, such is the dread of the Indian when
+opposed to a white man, that, in spite of his war horse and his eagle
+plumes, his bow and well-filled quiver, his long lance, tomahawk and
+scalping-knife, his self-possession forsakes him. He has heard, if not
+seen, what the white man has done; and he thinks there is no standing
+before him. If he can surprise him, he will; but, generally, the red
+man fears to grapple with a pale face in the strife of war, for he
+considers him clothed with an unknown power.
+
+_Austin._ I should have thought that an Indian would be more than a
+match for a white man.
+
+_Hunter._ So long as he can crawl in the grass or brushwood, and steal
+silently upon him by surprise, or send a shaft from his bow from
+behind a tree, or a bullet from his rifle from the brow of a bluff, he
+has an advantage; but, when he comes face to face with the white man,
+he is superstitiously afraid of him. The power of the white man, in
+war, is that of bravery and skill; the power of the red man consists
+much in stratagem and surprise. Fifty white men, armed, on an open
+plain, would beat off a hundred red men.
+
+_Brian._ Why is it that the red men are always fighting against one
+another? They are all brothers, and what is the use of their killing
+one another?
+
+_Hunter._ Most of the battles, among the Indians, are brought about by
+the belief that they are bound to revenge an injury to their tribe.
+There can be no peace till revenge is taken; they are almost always
+retaliating one on another. Then, again, the red men have too often
+been tempted, bribed, and, in some cases, forced to fight for the
+white man.
+
+_Brian._ That is very sad, though.
+
+_Hunter._ It is sad; but when you say red men are brothers, are not
+white men brothers too? And have they not been instructed in the
+truths of Christianity, and the gospel of peace, which red men have
+not, and yet how ready they are to draw the sword! War springs from
+sinful passions; and until sin is subdued in the human heart, war will
+ever be congenial to it.
+
+_Austin._ What do the Indians call the sun?
+
+_Hunter._ The different tribes speak different languages, and
+therefore you must tell me which of them you mean.
+
+_Austin._ Oh! I forgot that. Tell me what any two or three of the
+tribes call it.
+
+_Hunter._ A Sioux calls it _wee_; a Mandan, _menahka_; a Tuscarora,
+_hiday_; and a Blackfoot, _cristeque ahtose_.
+
+_Austin._ The Blackfoot is the hardest to remember. I should not like
+to learn that language.
+
+_Brian._ But you must learn it, if you go among them; or else you will
+not understand a word they say.
+
+_Austin._ Well! I shall manage it somehow or other. Perhaps some of
+them may know English; or we may make motions one to another. What do
+they call the moon?
+
+_Hunter._ A Blackfoot calls it _coque ahtose_; a Sioux, _on wee_; a
+Riccaree, _wetah_; a Mandan, _esto menahka_; and a Tuscarora,
+_autsunyehaw_.
+
+_Brian._ I wish you joy of the languages you have to learn, Austin, if
+you become a wood-ranger, or a trapper. Remember, you must learn them
+all; and you will have quite enough to do, I warrant you.
+
+_Austin._ Oh! I shall learn a little at a time. We cannot do every
+thing at once. What do the red men call a buffalo?
+
+_Hunter._ In Riccaree, it is _watash_; in Mandan, _ptemday_; in
+Tuscarora, _hohats_; in Blackfoot, _eneuh_.
+
+_Basil._ What different names they give them!
+
+_Hunter._ Yes. In some instances they are alike, but generally they
+differ. If you were to say "How do you do?" as is the custom with us;
+you must say among the Indians, _How ke che wa?_ _Chee na e num?_
+_Dati youthay its?_ or, _Tush hah thah mah kah hush?_ according to the
+language in which you spoke. I hardly think these languages would suit
+you so well as your own.
+
+_Brian._ They would never suit me; but Austin must learn every word of
+them.
+
+_Austin._ Please to tell us how to count ten, and then we will ask you
+no more about languages. Let it be in the language of the Riccarees.
+
+_Hunter._ Very well. _Asco, pitco, tow wit, tchee tish, tchee hoo,
+tcha pis, to tcha pis, to tcha pis won, nah e ne won, nah en._ I will
+just add, that _weetah_, is twenty; _nahen tchee hoo_, is fifty; _nah
+en te tcha pis won_, is eighty; _shok tan_, is a hundred; and _sho tan
+tera hoo_, is a thousand.
+
+_Austin._ Can the Indians write?
+
+_Hunter._ Oh no; they have no use for pen and ink, excepting some of
+the tribes near the whites. In many of the different treaties which
+have been made between the white and the red man, the latter has put,
+instead of his name, a rough drawing of the animal or thing after
+which he had been called. If the Indian chief was named "War hatchet,"
+he made a rough outline of a tomahawk. If his name was "The great
+buffalo" then the outline of a buffalo was his signature.
+
+_Basil._ How curious!
+
+_Hunter._ The _Big turtle_, the _Fish_, the _Scalp_, the _Arrow_, and
+the _Big canoe_, all draw the form represented by their names in the
+same manner. If you were to see these signatures, you would not think
+these Indian chiefs had ever taken lessons in drawing.
+
+_Brian._ I dare say their fish, and arrows, and hatchets, and turtles,
+and buffaloes, are comical figures enough.
+
+_Hunter._ Yes: but the hands that make these feeble scrawls are
+strong, when they wield the bow or the tomahawk. A white man in the
+Indian country, according to a story that is told, met a Shawnese
+riding a horse, which he recognised as his own, and claimed it as his
+property. The Indian calmly answered: "Friend, after a little while I
+will call on you at your house, when we will talk this matter over." A
+few days afterwards, the Indian came to the white man's house, who
+insisted on having his horse restored to him. The other then told him:
+"Friend, the horse which you claim belonged to my uncle, who lately
+died; according to the Indian custom, I have become heir to all his
+property." The white man not being satisfied, and renewing his demand,
+the Indian immediately took a coal from the fire-place, and made two
+striking figures on the door of the house; the one representing the
+white man taking the horse, and the other himself in the act of
+scalping him: then he coolly asked the trembling claimant whether he
+could read this Indian writing. The matter was thus settled at once,
+and the Indian rode off.
+
+_Austin._ Ay; the white man knew that he had better give up the horse
+than be scalped.
+
+After the hunter had told Austin and his brothers that he should be
+sure to have something new to tell them on their next visit, they took
+their departure, having quite enough to occupy their minds till they
+reached home.
+
+
+
+
+ [Illustration]
+
+ CHAPTER V.
+
+
+"Black Hawk! Black Hawk!" cried out Austin Edwards, as he came in
+sight of the hunter, who was just returning to his cottage as Austin
+and his brothers reached it. "You promised to tell us all about Black
+Hawk, and we are come to hear it now."
+
+The hunter told the boys that it had been his intention to talk with
+them about the prairies and bluffs, and to have described the wondrous
+works of God in the wilderness. It appeared, however, that Austin's
+heart was too much set on hearing the history of Black Hawk, to
+listen patiently to any thing else; and the hunter, perceiving this,
+willingly agreed to gratify him. He told them, that, in reading or
+hearing the history of Indian chiefs, they must not be carried away by
+false notions of their valour, for that it was always mingled with
+much cruelty. The word of God said truly, that "the dark places of the
+earth are full of the habitations of cruelty."[2] "With untaught
+Indians," continued he, "revenge is virtue; and to tomahawk an enemy,
+and tear away his scalp, is the noblest act he can perform in his own
+estimation; whereas Christians are taught, as I said before, to
+forgive and love their enemies. But I will now begin the history of
+Black Hawk."
+
+ [Footnote 2: Ps. lxxiv. 20.]
+
+_Austin._ Suppose you tell us his history just as he would tell it
+himself. Speak to us as if you were Black Hawk, and we will not say a
+single word.
+
+_Hunter._ Very well. Then, for a while, I will be Black Hawk, and what
+I tell you will be true, only the words will be my own, instead of
+those of the Indian chief. And I will speak as if I spoke to American
+white men.
+
+"I am an old man, the changes of many moons and the toils of war have
+made me old. I have been a conqueror, and I have been conquered: many
+moons longer I cannot hope to live.
+
+"I have hated the whites, but have been treated well by them when a
+prisoner. I wish, before I go my long journey, at the command of the
+Great Spirit, to the hunting grounds of my fathers in another world,
+to tell my history; it will then be seen why I hated the whites. Bold
+and proud was I once, in my native forests, but the pale faces
+deceived me; it was for this that I hated them.
+
+"Would you know where I was born? I will tell you. It was at the Sac
+village on Rock River. This was, according to white man's reckoning,
+in the year 1767, so that I am fifty years old, and ten and seven.
+
+"My father's name was Py-e-sa; the father of his father was
+Na-nŕ-ma-kee, or Thunder. I was a brave, and afterwards a chief, a
+leading war-chief, carrying the medicine bag. I fought against the
+Osages. Did I fear them? No. Did I often win the victory? I did.
+
+"The white men of America said to the Sacs and Foxes, to the Sioux,
+the Chippewas, and Winnebagoes, 'Go you to the other side of the
+Mississippi;' and they said, 'Yes.' But I said, 'No: why should I
+leave the place where our wigwams stand, where we have hunted for so
+many moons, and where the bones of our fathers have rested?
+Ma-ka-tai-me-she-kia-kiak, or Black Hawk, will not go.'
+
+"My heart told me that my great white father, the chief of America,
+would not do wrong; would not make me go to the other side of the
+river. My prophet also told me the same. I felt my arm strong, and I
+fought. Never did the hand of Black Hawk kill woman or child. They
+were warriors that Black Hawk fought with.
+
+"Though I came down from the chief Na-nŕ-ma-kee, yet my people would
+not let me dress like a chief. I did not paint myself; I did not wear
+feathers; but I was bold and not afraid to fight, so I became a brave.
+
+"The Osages were our enemies, and I went with my father and many more
+to fight. I saw my father kill an enemy, and tear away the scalp from
+his head. I felt determined to do the same. I pleased my father; for,
+with my tomahawk and spear, I rushed on an enemy. I brought back his
+scalp in my hand.
+
+"I next led on seven of our people against a hundred Osages, and
+killed one. After that, I led on two hundred, when we killed a
+hundred, and took many scalps. In a battle with the Cherokees my
+father was killed. I painted my face black, and prayed to the Great
+Spirit, and did not fight any more for five years; all that I did was
+to hunt and to fish.
+
+"The Osages had done us great wrong, so we were determined to destroy
+them. I set off, in the third moon, at the head of five hundred Sacs
+and Foxes, and one hundred Ioways. We fell upon forty lodges. I made
+two of their squaws prisoners, but all the rest of the people in the
+lodges we killed. Black Hawk killed seven men himself. In a battle
+with the Cherokees, I killed thirteen of their bravest with my own
+hand.
+
+"One of our people killed a pale-face American, and he was put in
+prison; so we sent to St. Louis, to pay for the killed man, and to
+cover the blood. Did the pale faces do well? No, they did not; they
+set our man free, but when he began to run they shot him down; and
+they gave strong drink to our four people, and told them to give up
+the best part of our hunting ground for a thousand dollars every
+twelve moons. What right had they to give our men strong drink, and
+then cheat them? None.
+
+"American white faces came, with a great, big gun, to build a fort,
+and said it was to trade with us. They treated the Indians ill: we
+went against the fort. I dug a hole in the ground with my knife, so
+that I could hide myself with some grass. I shot with my rifle and cut
+the cord of their flag, so that they could not pull it up to fly in
+the air; and we fired the fort, but they put out the fire.
+
+"One of our people killed a white, and was taken. He was to die, but
+asked leave to go and see his squaw and children. They let him go, but
+he ran back through the prairies next day, in time to be shot down. He
+did not say he would come back, and then stay; he was an Indian, and
+not a white man. I hunted and fished for his squaw and children when
+he was dead.
+
+"Why was it that the Great Spirit did not keep the white men where he
+put them? Why did he let them come among my people with their
+fire-drink, sickness, and guns? It had been better for red men to be
+by themselves.
+
+"We went to a great English brave, Colonel Dixon, at Green Bay: there
+were many Pottawatomies, Kickapoos, Ottowas, and Winnebagoes there.
+The great brave gave us pipes, tobacco, new guns, powder, and clothes.
+I held a talk with him in his tent; he took my hand. 'General Black
+Hawk,' said he, and he put a medal round my neck, 'you must now hold
+us fast by the hand; you will have the command of all the braves to
+join our own braves at Detroit.' I was sorry, because I wanted to go
+to Mississippi. But he said, 'No; you are too brave to kill women and
+children: you must kill braves.'
+
+"We had a feast, and I led away five hundred braves to join the
+British. Sometimes we won, and sometimes we lost. The Indians were
+killing the prisoners, but Black Hawk stopped them. He is a coward who
+kills a brave that has no arms and cannot fight. I did not like so
+often to be beaten in battle, and to get no plunder. I left the
+British, with twenty of my braves, to go home, and see after my wife
+and children.
+
+"I found an old friend of mine sitting on a mat in sorrow: he had come
+to be alone, and to make himself little before the Great Spirit: he
+had fasted long, he was hardly alive; his son had been taken prisoner,
+and shot and stabbed to death. I put my pipe to my friend's mouth; he
+smoked a little. I took his hand, and said 'Black Hawk would revenge
+his son's death.' A storm came on; I wrapped my old friend in my
+blanket. The storm gave over; I made a fire. It was too late; my
+friend was dead. I stopped with him the remainder of the night; and
+then my people came, and we buried him on the peak of the bluff.
+
+"I explained to my people the way the white men fight. Instead of
+stealing on each other, quietly and by surprise, to kill their enemies
+and save their own people, they all fight in the sunlight, like
+braves; not caring how many of their people fall. They then feast and
+drink as if nothing had happened, and write on paper that they have
+won, whether they have won or been beaten. And they do not write
+truth, for they only put down a part of the people they have lost.
+They would do to _paddle_ a canoe, but not to _steer_ it. They fight
+like braves, but they are not fit to be chiefs, and to lead war
+parties.
+
+"I found my wife well, and my children, and would have been quiet in
+my lodge; for, while I was away, Kee-o-kuk had been made a chief: but
+I had to revenge the death of the son of my old friend. I told my
+friend so when he was dying. Why should Black Hawk speak a lie? I took
+with me thirty braves, and went to Fort Madison; but the American pale
+faces had gone. I was glad, but still followed them down the
+Mississippi. I went on their trail. I shot the chief of the party with
+whom we fought. We returned home, bringing two scalps. Black Hawk had
+done what he said.
+
+"Many things happened. Old Wŕsh-e-own, one of the Pottawatomies, was
+shot dead by a war chief. I gave Wŕsh-e-own's relations two horses and
+my rifles to keep the peace. A party of soldiers built a fort at
+Prairie du Chien. They were friendly to us, but the British came and
+took the fort. We joined them; we followed the boats and shot
+fire-arrows, and the sails of one boat were burned, and we took it.
+
+"We found, in the boats we had taken, barrels of whiskey: this was bad
+medicine. We knocked in the heads of the barrels, and emptied out the
+bad medicine. We found bottles and packages, which we flung into the
+river as bad medicine too. We found guns and clothes, which I divided
+with my braves. The Americans built a fort; I went towards it with my
+braves. I had a dream, in which the Great Spirit told me to go down
+the bluff to a creek, and to look in a hollow tree cut down, and there
+I should see a snake; close by would be the enemy unarmed. I went to
+the creek, peeped into the tree, saw the snake, and found the enemy.
+One man of them was killed, after that we returned home: peace was
+made between the British and Americans, and we were to bury the
+tomahawk too.
+
+"We went to the great American chief at St. Louis, and smoked the pipe
+of peace. The chief said our great American father was angry with us,
+and accused us of crimes. We said this was a lie; for our great father
+had deceived us, and forced us into a war. They were angry at what we
+said; but we smoked the pipe of peace again, and I first touched the
+goose quill; but I did not know that, in doing so, I gave away my
+village. Had I known it, I would never have touched the goose quill.
+
+"The American whites built a fort on Rock Island; this made us sorry,
+for it was our garden, like what the white people have near their big
+villages. It supplied us with plums, apples and nuts, with
+strawberries and blackberries. Many happy days had I spent on Rock
+Island. A good spirit had the care of it; he lived under the rock, in
+a cave. He was white, and his wings were ten times bigger than swan's
+wings: when the white men came there, he went away.
+
+"We had corn and beans and pumpkins and squashes. We were the
+possessors of the valley of the Mississippi, full seven hundred miles
+from the Ouisconsin to the Portage des Sioux, near the mouth of the
+Missouri. If another prophet had come to us in those days, and said,
+'The white man will drive you from these hunting grounds, and from
+this village, and Rock Island, and not let you visit the graves of
+your fathers,' we should have said, 'Why should you tell us a lie?'
+
+"It was good to go to the graves of our fathers. The mother went there
+to weep over her child: the brave went there to paint the post where
+lay his father. There was no place in sorrow like that where the bones
+of our forefathers lay. There the Great Spirit took pity on us. In our
+village, we were as happy as a buffalo on the plains; but now we are
+more like the hungry and howling wolf in the prairie.
+
+"As the whites came nearer to us, we became more unhappy. They gave
+our people strong liquor, and I could not keep them from drinking it.
+My eldest son and my youngest daughter died. I gave away all I had;
+blackened my face for two years, lived alone with my family, to humble
+myself before the Great Spirit. I had only a piece of buffalo robe to
+cover me.
+
+"White men came and took part of our lodges; and Kee-o-kuk told me I
+had better go West, as he had done. I said I could not forsake my
+village; the prophet told me I was right. I thought then that
+Kee-o-kuk was no brave, but a coward, to give up what the Great Spirit
+had given us.
+
+"The white men grew more and more; brought whiskey among us, cheated
+us out of our guns, our horses and our traps, and ploughed up our
+grounds. They treated us cruelly; and, while they robbed us, said that
+we robbed them. They made right look like wrong, and wrong like right.
+I tried hard to get right, but could not. The white man wanted my
+village, and back I must go. Sixteen thousand dollars every twelve
+moons are to be given to the Pottawatomies for a little strip of land,
+while one thousand dollars only was set down for our land signed away,
+worth twenty times as much. White man is too great a cheat for red
+man.
+
+"A great chief, with many soldiers, came to drive us away. I went to
+the prophet, who told me not to be afraid. They only wanted to
+frighten us, and get our land without paying for it. I had a talk with
+the great chief. He said if I would go, well. If I would not, he would
+drive me. 'Who is Black Hawk?' said he. 'I am a Sac,' said I; 'my
+forefather was a Sac; and all the nation call me a Sac.' But he said I
+should go.
+
+"I crossed the Mississippi with my people, during the night, and we
+held a council. I touched the goose quill again, and they gave us some
+corn, but it was soon gone. Then our women and children cried out for
+the roasted ears, the beans, and squashes they had been used to, and
+some of our braves went back in the night, to take some corn from our
+own fields; the whites saw and fired upon them.
+
+"I wished our great American father to do us justice. I wished to go
+to him with others, but difficulties were thrown in the way. I
+consulted the prophet, and recruited my bands to take my village
+again; for I knew that it had been sold by a few, without the consent
+of the many. It was a cheat. I said, 'I will not leave the place of my
+fathers.'
+
+"With my braves and warriors, on horseback, I moved up the river, and
+took with us our women and children in canoes. Our prophet was among
+us. The great war chief, White Beaver, sent twice to tell us to go
+back; and that, if we did not, he would come and drive us. Black
+Hawk's message was this: 'If you wish to fight us, come on.'
+
+"We were soon at war; but I did not wish it: I tried to be at peace;
+but when I sent parties with a white flag, some of my parties were
+shot down. The whites behaved ill to me, they forced me into war, with
+five hundred warriors, when they had against us three or four
+thousand. I often beat them, driving back hundreds, with a few braves,
+not half their number. We moved on to the Four Lakes.
+
+"I made a dog feast before I left my camp. Before my braves feasted, I
+took my great medicine bag, and made a speech to my people; this was
+my speech:--
+
+"'Braves and warriors! these are the medicine bags of our forefather,
+Muk-a-tŕ-quet, who was the father of the Sac nation. They were handed
+down to the great war chief of our nation, Na-nŕ-ma-kee, who has been
+at war with all the nations of the lakes, and all the nations of the
+plains, and they have never yet been disgraced. I expect you all to
+protect them.'
+
+"We went to Mos-co-ho-co-y-nak, where the whites had built a fort. We
+had several battles; but the whites so much outnumbered us, it was in
+vain. We had not enough to eat. We dug roots, and pulled the bark from
+trees, to keep us alive; some of our old people died of hunger. I
+determined to remove our women across the Mississippi, that they might
+return again to the Sac nation.
+
+"We arrived at the Ouisconsin, and had begun crossing over, when the
+enemy came in great force. We had either to fight, or to sacrifice our
+women and children. I was mounted on a fine horse, and addressed my
+warriors, encouraging them to be brave. With fifty of them I fought
+long enough to let our women cross the river, losing only six men:
+this was conduct worthy a brave.
+
+"It was sad for us that a party of soldiers from Prairie du Chien were
+stationed on the Ouisconsin, and these fired on our distressed women:
+was this brave? No. Some were killed, some taken prisoners, and the
+rest escaped into the woods. After many battles, I found the white men
+too strong for us; and thinking there would be no peace while Black
+Hawk was at the head of his braves, I gave myself up and my great
+medicine bag. 'Take it,' said I. 'It is the soul of the Sac nation:
+it has never been dishonoured in any battle. Take it; it is my life,
+dearer than life; let it be given to the great American chief.'
+
+"I understood afterwards, a large party of Sioux attacked our women,
+children, and people, who had crossed the Mississippi, and killed
+sixty of them: this was hard, and ought not to have been allowed by
+the whites.
+
+"I was sent to Jefferson Barracks, and afterwards to my great American
+father at Washington. He wanted to know why I went to war with his
+people. I said but little, for I thought he ought to have known why
+before, and perhaps he did; perhaps he knew that I was deceived and
+forced into war. His wigwam is built very strong. I think him to be a
+good little man, and a great brave.
+
+"I was treated well at all the places I passed through; Louisville,
+Cincinnati, and Wheeling; and afterwards at Fortress Monroe,
+Baltimore, Philadelphia, and the big village of New York; and I was
+allowed to return home again to my people, of whom Kee-o-kuk, the
+Running Fox, is now the chief. I sent for my great medicine bag, for I
+wished to hand it down unsullied to my nation.
+
+"It has been said that Black Hawk murdered women and children among
+the whites; but it is not true. When the white man takes my hand, he
+takes a hand that has only been raised against warriors and braves. It
+has always been our custom to receive the stranger, and to use him
+well. The white man shall ever be welcome among us as a brother. What
+is done is past; we have buried the tomahawk, and the Sacs and Foxes
+and Americans will now be friends.
+
+"As I said, I am an old man, and younger men must take my place. A few
+more snows, and I shall go where my fathers are. It is the wish of the
+heart of Black Hawk, that the Great Spirit may keep the red men and
+pale faces in peace, and that the tomahawk may be buried for ever."
+
+_Austin._ Poor Black Hawk! He went through a great deal. And
+Kee-o-kuk, the Running Fox, was made chief instead of him.
+
+_Hunter._ Kee-o-kuk was a man more inclined to peace than war; for,
+while Black Hawk was fighting, he kept two-thirds of the tribe in
+peace. The time may come, when Indians may love peace as much as they
+now love war; and when the "peace of God which passeth all
+understanding" may "keep their hearts and minds in the knowledge and
+love of God, and of his Son Jesus Christ our Lord."
+
+_Austin._ Now, just before we go, will you please to tell us a little
+about a buffalo hunt; just a little, and then we shall talk about it,
+and about Black Hawk, all the way home.
+
+_Hunter._ Well, it must be a short account now; perhaps I may describe
+another hunt, more at length, another time. In hunting the buffalo,
+the rifle, the lance, and the bow and arrow are used, as the case may
+be. I have hunted with the Camanchees in the Mexican provinces, who
+are famous horsemen; with the Sioux, on the Mississippi; the Crows,
+on the Yellow-stone river; and the Pawnees, at the Rocky Mountains.
+One morning, when among the Crows, a muster took place for a buffalo
+hunt: you may be sure that I joined them, for at that time I was
+almost an Indian myself.
+
+_Austin._ How did you prepare for the hunt?
+
+_Hunter._ As soon as we had notice, from the top of a bluff in the
+distance, that a herd of buffaloes was on the prairie, we prepared our
+horses; while some Indians were directed to follow our trail, with
+one-horse carts, to bring home the meat.
+
+_Brian._ You were sure, then, that you should kill some buffaloes.
+
+_Hunter._ Yes; we had but little doubt on that head. I threw off my
+cap; stripped off my coat; tying a handkerchief round my head, and
+another round my waist; rolled up my sleeves; hastily put a few
+bullets in my mouth, and mounted a fleet horse, armed with a rifle and
+a thin, long spear: but most of the Crows had also bows and arrows.
+
+_Basil._ Your thin spear would soon be broken.
+
+_Hunter._ No; these thin, long spears are sometimes used, in buffalo
+hunting, for years without breaking. When an Indian chases a buffalo,
+if he does not use his rifle or bow and arrow, he rides on fast till
+he comes up with his game, and makes his horse gallop just the same
+pace as the buffalo. Every bound his horse gives, the Indian keeps
+moving his spear backwards and forwards across the pommel of his
+saddle, with the point sideways towards the buffalo. He gallops on in
+this way, saying "Whish! whish!" every time he makes a feint, until he
+finds himself in just the situation to inflict a deadly wound; then,
+in a moment, with all his strength, he plunges in his lance, quick as
+lightning, near the shoulders of the buffalo, and withdraws it at the
+same instant: the lance, therefore, is not broken, though the buffalo
+may be mortally wounded.
+
+_Brian._ The poor buffalo has no chance at all.
+
+_Austin._ Well! you mounted your horse, and rode off at full gallop--
+
+_Hunter._ No; we walked our steeds all abreast, until we were seen by
+the herd of buffaloes. On catching sight of us, in an instant they set
+off, and we after them as hard as we could drive, a cloud of dust
+rising from the prairie, occasioned by the trampling hoofs of the
+buffaloes.
+
+_Basil._ What a scamper there must be!
+
+_Hunter._ Rifles were flashing, bowstrings were twanging, spears were
+dashed into the fattest of the herd, and buffaloes were falling in all
+directions. Here was seen an Indian rolling on the ground, and there a
+horse gored to death by a buffalo bull. I brought down one of the
+largest of the herd with my rifle, at the beginning of the hunt; and,
+before it was ended, we had as many buffaloes as we knew what to do
+with. Some of the party had loaded their rifles four or five times,
+while at full gallop, bringing down a buffalo at every fire.
+
+Very willingly would Austin have lingered long enough to hear of half
+a dozen buffalo hunts; but, bearing in mind what had been said about
+a longer account at another time, he cordially thanked the hunter for
+all he had told them, and set off home, with a light heart, in earnest
+conversation with his brothers.
+
+ [Illustration]
+
+
+
+
+ [Illustration: Buffalo Hunt.]
+
+ CHAPTER VI.
+
+
+The description of the buffalo hunt, given by the hunter, made a deep
+impression on the minds of the young people; and the manner of using
+the long, thin lance called forth their wonder, and excited their
+emulation. Austin became a Camanchee from the Mexican provinces, the
+Camanchees being among the most expert lancers and horsemen; Brian
+called himself a Sioux, from the Mississippi; and Basil styled himself
+a Pawnee, from the Rocky Mountains.
+
+Many were the plans and expedients to get up a buffalo hunt upon a
+large scale, but the difficulty of procuring buffaloes was
+insurmountable. Austin, it is true, did suggest an inroad among the
+flock of sheep of a neighbouring farmer maintaining that the
+scampering of the sheep would very much resemble the flight of a herd
+of buffaloes; but this suggestion was given up, on the ground that the
+farmer might not think it so entertaining an amusement as they did.
+
+It was doubtful, at one time, whether, in their extremity, they should
+not be compelled to convert the chairs and tables into buffaloes; but
+Austin, whose heart was in the thing, had a bright thought, which
+received universal approbation. This was to make buffaloes of their
+playfellow Jowler, the Newfoundland dog, and the black tom-cat.
+Jowler, with his shining shaggy skin, was sure to make a capital
+buffalo; and Black Tom would do very well, as buffaloes were not all
+of one size. To work they went immediately, to prepare themselves for
+their adventurous undertaking, dressing themselves up for the
+approaching enterprise; and, if they did not succeed in making
+themselves look like Indians, they certainly did present a most
+grotesque appearance.
+
+In the best projects, however, there is oftentimes an oversight, which
+bids fair to ruin the whole undertaking; and so it was on this
+occasion; for it never occurred to them, until they were habited as
+hunters, to secure the attendance of Jowler and Black Tom. Encumbered
+with their lances, bows, arrows and hanging dresses, they had to
+search the whole house, from top to bottom, in quest of Black Tom; and
+when he was found, a like search was made for Jowler. Both Jowler and
+Black Tom were at length found, and led forth to the lawn, which was
+considered to be an excellent prairie.
+
+No sooner was the signal given for the hunt to commence, than Black
+Tom, being set at liberty, instead of acting his part like a buffalo,
+as he ought to have done, scampered across the lawn to the shrubbery,
+and ran up a tree; while Jowler made a rush after him; so that the
+hunt appeared to have ended almost as soon as it was begun. Jowler was
+brought back again to the middle of the lawn, but no one could prevail
+on Black Tom to descend from his eminence.
+
+Once more Jowler, the buffalo, was set at liberty; and Austin, Brian,
+and Basil, the Camanchee, Sioux, and Pawnee chieftains, brandished
+their long lances, preparing for the chase: but it seemed as though
+they were to be disappointed, for Jowler, instead of running away,
+according to the plan of the hunters, provokingly kept leaping up,
+first at one, and then at another of them; until having overturned the
+Pawnee on the lawn, and put the Sioux and Camanchee out of all
+patience, he lay down panting, with his long red tongue out of his
+mouth, looking at them just as though he had acted his part of the
+affair capitally.
+
+At last, not being able to reduce the refractory Jowler to obedience,
+no other expedient remained than that one of them should act the part
+of a buffalo himself. Austin was very desirous that this should be
+done by Brian or Basil; but they insisted that he, being the biggest,
+was most like a buffalo. The affair was at length compromised, by each
+agreeing to play the buffalo in turn. A desperate hunt then took
+place, in the course of which their long lances were most skilfully
+and effectually used; three buffaloes were slain, and the Camanchee,
+Sioux, and Pawnee returned in triumph from the chase, carrying a
+buffalo-hide (a rug mat from the hall) on the tops of their spears.
+
+On their next visit to the hunter, they reminded him that, the last
+time he saw them, he had intended to speak about the prairies; but
+that the history of Black Hawk, and the account of the buffalo hunt,
+had taken up all the time. They told him that they had come early, on
+purpose to hear a long account; and, perhaps, he would be able to tell
+them all about Nikkanochee into the bargain.
+
+The hunter replied, if that was the case, the sooner he began his
+narrative the better; so, without loss of time, he thus commenced his
+account.
+
+_Hunter._ Though in our country there are dull, monotonous rivers,
+with thick slimy waters, stagnant swamps, and pine forests almost
+immeasureable in extent; yet, still, some of the most beautiful and
+delightful scenes in the whole world are here.
+
+_Austin._ How big are the prairies? I want to know more about them.
+
+_Hunter._ They extend for many hundreds of miles, though not without
+being divided and diversified with other scenery. Mountains and
+valleys, and forests and rivers, vary the appearance of the country.
+The name _prairie_ was given to the plains of North America by the
+French settlers. It is the French word for meadow. I will describe
+some prairie scenes which have particularly struck me. These vast
+plains are sometimes flat; sometimes undulated, like the large waves
+of the sea; sometimes barren; sometimes covered with flowers and
+fruit; and sometimes there is grass growing on them eight or ten feet
+high.
+
+_Brian._ I never heard of such high grass as that.
+
+_Hunter._ A prairie on fire is one of the most imposing spectacles you
+can imagine. The flame is urged on by the winds, running and spreading
+out with swiftness and fury, roaring like a tempest, and driving
+before it deer, wolves, horses, and buffaloes, in wild confusion.
+
+_Austin._ How I should like to see a prairie on fire!
+
+_Hunter._ In Missouri, Arkansas, Indiana, and Louisiana, prairies
+abound; and the whole State of Illinois is little else than a vast
+prairie. From the Falls of the Missouri to St. Louis, a constant
+succession of prairie and river scenes, of the most interesting kind,
+meet the eye. Here the rich green velvet turf spreads out immeasurably
+wide; breaking towards the river into innumerable hills and dales,
+bluffs and ravines, where mountain goats and wolves and antelopes and
+elks and buffaloes and grizzly bears roam in unrestrained liberty. At
+one time, the green bluff slopes easily down to the water's edge;
+while, in other places, the ground at the edge of the river presents
+to the eye an endless variety of hill and bluff and crag, taking the
+shapes of ramparts and ruins, of columns, porticoes, terraces, domes,
+towers, citadels and castles; while here and there seems to rise a
+solitary spire, which might well pass for the work of human hands. But
+the whole scene, varying in colour, and lit up and gilded by the
+mid-day sun, speaks to the heart of the spectator, convincing him that
+none but an Almighty hand could thus clothe the wilderness with
+beauty.
+
+ [Illustration]
+
+_Austin._ Brian! Do you not wish now to see the prairies of North
+America?
+
+_Brian._ Yes; if I could see them without going among the tomahawks
+and scalping-knives.
+
+_Hunter._ I remember one part where the ragged cliffs and cone-like
+bluffs, partly washed away by the rains, and partly crumbled down by
+the frosts, seemed to be composed of earths of a mineral kind, of clay
+of different colours and of red pumice stone. The clay was white,
+brown, yellow and deep blue; while the pumice stone, lit up by the
+sunbeam, was red like vermilion. The loneliness, the wildness and
+romantic beauty of the scene I am not likely to forget.
+
+_Basil._ I should like to see those red rocks very much.
+
+_Hunter._ For six days I once continued my course, with a party of
+Indians, across the prairie, without setting my eyes on a single tree,
+or a single hill affording variety to the scene. Grass, wild flowers,
+and strawberries, abounded more or less through the whole extent. The
+spot where we found ourselves at sundown, appeared to be exactly that
+from which we started at sunrise. There was little variety, even in
+the sky itself; and it would have been a relief, (so soon are we weary
+even of beauty itself,) to have walked a mile over rugged rocks, or to
+have forced our way through a gloomy pine wood, or to have climbed the
+sides of a steep mountain.
+
+_Brian._ I hardly think that I should ever be tired of green grass and
+flowers and strawberries.
+
+_Hunter._ Oh yes, you would. Variety in the works of creation is a
+gift of our bountiful Creator, for which we are not sufficiently
+thankful. Look at the changing seasons; how beautifully they vary the
+same prospect! And the changing clouds of heaven, too; what an
+infinite and pleasurable variety they afford to us! If the world were
+all sunshine, we should long for the shade.
+
+_Austin._ What do you mean by bluffs?
+
+_Hunter._ Round hills, or huge clayey mounds, often covered with grass
+and flowers to the very top. Sometimes they have a verdant turf on
+their tops, while their sides display a rich variety of many-coloured
+earths, and thousands of gypsum crystals imbedded in the clay. The
+romantic mixture of bluffs, and hills, with summits of green grass as
+level as the top of a table, with huge fragments of pumice stone and
+cinders, the remains of burning mountains, and granite sand, and
+layers of different coloured clay, and cornelian, and agate, and
+jasper-like pebbles; these, with the various animals that graze or
+prowl among them, and the rolling river, and a bright blue sky, have
+afforded me bewildering delight. Some of the hunters and trappers
+believe that the great valley of the Missouri was once level with the
+tops of the table hills, and that the earth has been washed away by
+the river, and other causes; but the subject is involved in much
+doubt. It has pleased God to put a boundary to the knowledge of man in
+many things. I think I ought to tell you of Floyd's grave.
+
+_Austin._ Where was it? Who was Floyd.
+
+_Hunter._ You shall hear. In the celebrated expedition of Clark and
+Lewis to the Rocky Mountains, they were accompanied by Serjeant Floyd,
+who died on the way. His body was carried to the top of a high
+green-carpeted bluff, on the Missouri river, and there buried, and a
+cedar post was erected to his memory. As I sat on his grave, and
+looked around me, the stillness and the extreme beauty of the scene
+much affected me. I had endured much toil, both in hunting and rowing;
+sometimes being in danger from the grizzly bears, and, at others, with
+difficulty escaping the war-parties of the Indians. My rifle had been
+busy, and the swan and the pelican, the antelope and the elk, had
+supplied me with food; and as I sat on a grave, in that beautiful
+bluff in the wilderness--the enamelled prairie, the thousand grassy
+hills that were visible, with their golden heads and long deep
+shadows, (for the sun was setting,) and the Missouri winding in its
+serpentine course, the whole scene was of the most beautiful and
+tranquil kind. The soft whispering of the evening breeze, and the
+distant, subdued and melancholy howl of the wolf, were the only sounds
+that reached my ears. It was a very solitary, and yet a very
+delightful hour.
+
+_Basil._ I should not like to be by myself in such a place as that.
+
+_Hunter._ There is another high bluff, not many miles from the cedar
+post of poor Floyd, that is well known as the burial-place of
+Blackbird, a famous chief of the O-ma-haw tribe; the manner of his
+burial was extremely strange. As I was pulling up the river, a
+traveller told me the story; and, when I had heard it, we pushed our
+canoe into a small creek, that I might visit the spot. Climbing up the
+velvet sides of the bluff, I sat me down by the cedar post on the
+grave of Blackbird.
+
+_Austin._ But what was the story? What was there strange in the burial
+of the chief?
+
+_Hunter._ Blackbird on his way home from the city of Washington, where
+he had been, died with the small-pox. Before his death, he desired his
+warriors to bury him on the bluff, sitting on the back of his
+favourite war-horse, that he might see, as he said, the Frenchmen
+boating up and down the river. His beautiful white steed was led up to
+the top of the bluff, and there the body of Blackbird was placed
+astride upon him.
+
+_Brian._ What a strange thing!
+
+_Hunter._ Blackbird had his bow in his hand, his beautiful head dress
+of war-eagle plumes on his head, his shield and quiver at his side,
+and his pipe and medicine bag. His tobacco pouch was filled, to supply
+him on his journey to the hunting-grounds of his fathers; and he had
+flint and steel wherewith to light his pipe by the way. Every warrior
+painted his hand with vermilion, and then pressed it against the white
+horse, leaving a mark behind him. After the necessary ceremonies had
+been performed, Blackbird and his white war-horse were covered over
+with turf, till they were no more seen.
+
+_Austin._ But was the white horse buried alive?
+
+_Hunter._ He was. The turfs were put about his feet, then piled up his
+legs, then placed against his sides, then over his back, and lastly
+over Blackbird himself and his war-eagle plumes.
+
+_Brian._ That was a very cruel deed! They had no business to smother
+that beautiful white horse in that way.
+
+_Basil._ And so I say. It was a great shame, and I do not like that
+Blackbird.
+
+_Hunter._ Indians have strange customs. Now I am on the subject of
+prairie scenes, I ought to speak a word of the prairies on the Red
+River. I had been for some time among the Creeks and Choctaws,
+crossing, here and there, ridges of wooded lands, and tracts of rich
+herbage, with blue mountains in the distance, when I came to a prairie
+scene of a new character. For miles together the ground was covered
+with vines, bearing endless clusters of large delicious grapes; and
+then, after crossing a few broad valleys of green turf, our progress
+was stopped by hundreds of acres of plum trees, bending to the very
+ground with their fruit. Among these were interspersed patches of rose
+trees, wild currants, and gooseberries, with prickly pears, and the
+most beautiful and sweet-scented wild flowers.
+
+_Austin._ I never heard of so delightful a place. What do you think of
+the prairies now, Basil? Should you not like to gather some of those
+fruits and flowers, Brian?
+
+_Hunter._ And then just as I was stretching out my hand to gather some
+of the delicious produce of that paradise of fruit and flowers, I
+heard the sound of a rattlesnake, that was preparing to make a spring,
+and immediately I saw the glistening eyes of a copper-head, which I
+had disturbed beneath the tendrils and leaves.
+
+_Basil._ What do you think of the prairie now, Austin?
+
+_Brian._ And should you not like to gather some of those fruits and
+flowers?
+
+_Austin._ I never suspected that there would be such snakes among
+them.
+
+_Hunter._ The wild creatures of these delightful spots may be said to
+live in a garden; here they pass their lives, rarely disturbed by the
+approach of man. The hunter and the trapper, however thoughtlessly
+they pursue their calling, are at times struck with the amazing beauty
+of the scenes that burst upon them. God is felt to be in the prairie.
+The very solitude disposes the mind to acknowledge Him; earth and
+skies proclaim his presence; the fruits of the ground declare his
+bounty; and, in the flowers, ten thousand forget-me-nots bring his
+goodness to remembrance. "Great is the Lord, and greatly to be
+praised; and his greatness is unsearchable."[3]
+
+ [Footnote 3: Ps. cxlv. 3.]
+
+_Austin._ I could not have believed that there had been such beautiful
+places in the prairies.
+
+_Hunter._ Some parts are varied, and others monotonous. Some are
+beautiful, and others far from being agreeable. The Prairie la Crosse,
+the Prairie du Chien, and the Couteau des Prairies on the Mississippi,
+with the prairies on the Missouri, all have some points of attraction.
+I did intend to say a little about Swan Lake, the wild rice grounds,
+Lover's Leap, the salt meadows on the Missouri, the Savannah in the
+Florida pine woods, and Red Pipe-stone Quarry; but as I intend to
+give you the history of Nikkanochee, perhaps I had better begin with
+it at once.
+
+_Austin._ We shall like to hear of Nikkanochee, but it is so pleasant
+to hear about the prairies, that you must, if you please, tell us a
+little more about them first.
+
+_Basil._ I want to hear about those prairie dogs.
+
+_Brian._ And I want to hear of Lover's Leap.
+
+_Austin._ What I wish to hear the most, is about Red Pipe-stone
+quarry. Please to tell us a little about them all.
+
+_Hunter._ Well! If you will be satisfied with a little, I will go on.
+Swan Lake is one of the most beautiful objects in the prairies of our
+country. It extends for many miles; and the islands with which it
+abounds are richly covered with forest trees. Fancy to yourselves
+unnumbered islands with fine trees, beautifully grouped together, and
+clusters of swans on the water in every direction. If you want to play
+at Robinson Crusoe, one of the islands on Swan Lake will be just the
+place for you.
+
+_Basil._ Well may it be called Swan Lake.
+
+_Hunter._ The first time that I saw wild rice gathered, it much
+surprised and amused me. A party of Sioux Indian women were paddling
+about, near the shores of a large lake, in canoes made of bark. While
+one woman paddled the canoe, the other gathered the wild rice, which
+flourished there in great abundance. By bending it over the canoe with
+one stick, and then striking it with another, the grains of rice fell
+in profusion into the canoe. In this way they proceeded; till they
+obtained full cargoes of wild rice for food.
+
+_Brian._ I wish we had wild rice growing in our pond.
+
+_Hunter._ What I have to say of Lover's Leap is a little melancholy.
+On the east side of Lake Pepin, on the Mississippi, stands a bold
+rock, lifting up its aspiring head some six or seven hundred feet
+above the surface of the lake. Some years since, as the story goes, an
+Indian chief wished his daughter to take a husband that she did not
+like. The daughter declined, but the father insisted; and the poor,
+distracted girl, to get rid of her difficulty, threw herself, in the
+presence of her tribe, from the top of the rock, and was dashed to
+pieces.
+
+_Basil._ Poor girl, indeed! Her father was a very cruel man.
+
+_Hunter._ The chief was cruel, and his daughter rash; but we must not
+be too severe in judging those who have no better standard of right
+and wrong than the customs of their uncivilized tribe. It was on the
+Upper Missouri river, towards the mouth of the Teton river, that I
+came all at once on a salt meadow. You would have thought that it had
+been snowing for an hour or two, for the salt lay an inch or two thick
+on the ground.
+
+_Austin._ What could have brought it there?
+
+_Hunter._ The same Almighty hand that spread out the wild prairie,
+spread the salt upon its surface. There are salt springs in many
+places, where the salt water overflows the prairie. The hot sun
+evaporates the water, and the salt is left behind.
+
+_Brian._ Well, that is very curious.
+
+_Hunter._ The buffaloes and other animals come by thousands to lick
+the salt, so that what with the green prairie around, the white salt,
+and the black buffaloes, the contrast in colour is very striking.
+Though Florida is, to a great extent, a sterile wilderness, yet, for
+that very reason, some of its beautiful spots appear the more
+beautiful. There are swamps enough, and alligators enough, to make the
+traveller in those weary wilds cheerless and disconsolate; but when,
+after plodding, day after day, through morasses and interminable pine
+woods, listening to nothing but the cry of cranes and the howling of
+wolves, he comes suddenly into an open plain covered with a carpet of
+grass and myriads of wild flowers, his eye brightens, and he recovers
+his cheerfulness and strength. He again feels that God is in the
+prairie.
+
+_Basil._ Remember the alligators, Austin!
+
+_Brian._ And the howling wolves! What do you think of them?
+
+_Hunter._ The Red Pipe-stone Quarry is between the Upper Mississippi
+and the Upper Missouri. It is the place where the Indians of the
+country procure the red stone with which they make all their pipes.
+The place is considered by them to be sacred. They say that the Great
+Spirit used to stand on the rock, and that the blood of the buffaloes
+which he ate there ran into the rocks below, and turned them red.
+
+_Austin._ That is the place I want to see.
+
+_Hunter._ If you go there, you must take great care of yourself; for
+the Sioux will be at your heels. As I said, they hold the place
+sacred, and consider the approach of a white man a kind of
+profanation. The place is visited by all the neighbouring tribes for
+stone with which to make their pipes, whether they are at war or
+peace; for the Great Spirit, say they, always watches over it, and the
+war-club and scalping-knife are there harmless. There are hundreds of
+old inscriptions on the face of the rocks; and the wildest traditions
+are handed down, from father to son, respecting the place. Some of the
+Sioux say, that the Great Spirit once sent his runners abroad, to call
+together all the tribes that were at war, to the Red Pipe-stone
+Quarry. As he stood on the top of the rocks, he took out a piece of
+red stone, and made a large pipe; he smoked it over them, and told
+them, that, though at war, they must always be at peace at that place,
+for that it belonged to one as much as another, and that they must all
+make their pipes of the stone. Having thus spoken, a thick cloud of
+smoke from his great red pipe rolled over them, and in it he vanished
+away. Just at the moment that he took the last whiff of his great,
+long, red pipe, the rocks were wrapped in a blaze of fire, so that the
+surface of them was melted. Two squaws, then, in a flash of fire, sunk
+under the two medicine rocks, and no one can take away red stone from
+the place without their leave. Where the gospel is unknown, there is
+nothing too improbable to be received. The day will, no doubt,
+arrive, when the wild traditions of Red Pipe-stone Quarry will be done
+away, and the folly and wickedness of all such superstitions be
+plainly seen.
+
+Here the hunter, having to attend his sheep, left the three brothers,
+to amuse themselves for half an hour with the curiosities in his
+cottage; after which, he returned to redeem his pledge, by relating
+the history he had promised them.
+
+ [Illustration: Indian Pipes.]
+
+
+
+
+ [Illustration]
+
+ CHAPTER VII.
+
+
+"And now," said the hunter, "for my account of Nikkanochee.[4] I met
+with him in Florida, his own country, when he was quite a child;
+indeed he is even now but a boy, being not more than twelve or
+thirteen years of age. The Seminole Indians, a mixed tribe, from whom
+prince Nikkanochee is descended, were a warlike people, settled on the
+banks of the River Chattahoochee. In a battle which took place between
+the Indians and a party of whites, under Major Dade, out of a hundred
+and fourteen white men, only two escaped the tomahawks of their
+opponents. A Seminole was about to despatch one of these two, when he
+suddenly called to mind that the soldier had once helped him in
+fitting a handle to his axe. This arrested his uplifted weapon, and
+the life of the soldier was spared."
+
+ [Footnote 4: This sketch is supposed to be a narrative of
+ facts, though the authority for it is not within the
+ publishers' reach.]
+
+_Austin._ Noble! noble! If all the Seminoles were like him, they were
+a noble people.
+
+_Hunter._ The tribe had good and bad qualities; but I tell you this
+anecdote, because it affords another proof that the hardy Indian
+warrior, in the midst of all his relentless animosity against his
+enemy, is still sensible of a deed of kindness. On another occasion,
+when the Seminoles, to avenge injuries which their tribe had received,
+wasted the neighbourhood with fire and tomahawk, they respected the
+dwelling of one who had shown kindness to some of their tribe. Even
+though they visited his house, and cooked their food at his hearth,
+they did no injury to his person or his property. Other dwellings
+around it were burned to the ground, but for years his habitation
+remained secure from any attack on the part of the grateful Seminoles.
+
+_Basil._ When I go abroad, I will always behave kindly to the poor
+Indians.
+
+_Hunter._ The father of Nikkanochee was king of the Red Hills, in the
+country of the Seminoles; but not being very much distinguished as a
+warrior, he gave up the command of his fighting men to his brother
+Oseola, a chief famous for bodily strength and courage. Before the war
+broke out between the Seminoles, Oseola was kind and generous; but
+when once the war-cry had rung through the woods, and his tomahawk
+had been raised, he became stern and implacable. He was the champion
+of his nation, and the terror of the pale faces opposed to him.
+
+_Brian._ He must have made terrible work with his tomahawk!
+
+_Hunter._ No doubt he did, for he was bold, and had never been taught
+to control his passions. The command of the Saviour had never reached
+his ears: "Love your enemies, bless them that curse you, do good to
+them that hate you, and pray for them which despitefully use you, and
+persecute you." The red man of the forest and the prairie has had much
+to embitter his spirit against his enemies; but I will proceed. It was
+in the year 1835, that between two and three hundred red warriors
+assembled at Camp King, to hold a "talk," or council. They were met by
+a battalion of white soldiers, who had two generals with them. At this
+council, it was proposed by the whites that a contract should be made
+between the two parties, wherein the Seminoles should give up their
+lands in Florida in exchange for other lands at a great distance from
+the place. Some of the red warriors were induced to make a cross on
+the contract as their signature, showing that they agreed therewith;
+but Oseola saw that such a course was bartering away his country, and
+sealing the ruin of his nation.
+
+_Austin._ I hope he did not put his sign to it.
+
+_Brian._ So do I, and I hope he persuaded all the rest of the red
+warriors not to sign it.
+
+_Hunter._ When they asked him in his turn to sign the contract, his
+lip began to curl with contempt, and his eye to flash with fiery
+indignation. "Yes!" said he, drawing a poniard from his bosom, with a
+haughty frown on his brow. "Yes!" said he, advancing and dashing his
+dagger while he spoke, not only through the contract, but also through
+the table on which it lay; "there is my mark!"
+
+_Austin._ Well done, brave Oseola!
+
+_Brian._ That is just the way that he ought to have acted.
+
+_Basil._ He was a very bold fellow. But what did the generals say to
+him?
+
+_Hunter._ His enemies, the whites, (for they were enemies,) directly
+seized him, and bound him to a tree. This was done in a cruel manner,
+for the cords cut deep into his flesh. After this, he was manacled and
+kept as a prisoner in solitary confinement. When it was thought that
+his spirit was sufficiently tamed, and that what he had suffered would
+operate as a warning to his people, he was set at liberty.
+
+_Austin._ The whites acted a cruel part, and they ought to have been
+ashamed of themselves.
+
+_Brian._ Yes, indeed. But what did Oseola do when he was free?
+
+_Hunter._ Revenge is dear to every one whose heart God has not
+changed. No wonder that it should burn in the bosom of an untaught
+Indian. He had never heard the words of Holy Scripture, "Vengeance is
+mine; I will repay, saith the Lord," Rom. xii. 19; but rather looked
+on revenge as a virtue. Hasting to his companions, he made the forest
+echo with the wild war-whoop that he raised in defiance of his
+enemies.
+
+_Brian._ I thought he would! That is the very thing that I expected he
+would do.
+
+_Hunter._ Many of the principal whites fell by the rifles of the
+Indians; and Oseola sent a proud message to General Clinch, telling
+him that the Seminoles had a hundred and fifty barrels of gunpowder,
+every grain of which should be consumed before they would submit to
+the whites. He told him, too, that the pale faces should be led a
+dance for five years for the indignities they had put upon him. Oseola
+and the Seminoles maintained the war until the whites had lost
+eighteen hundred men, and expended vast sums of money. At last, the
+brave chieftain was made prisoner by treachery.
+
+_Austin._ How was it? How did they take him prisoner?
+
+_Hunter._ The whites invited Oseola to meet them, that a treaty might
+be made, and the war brought to an end. Oseola went with his warriors;
+but no sooner had he and eight of his warriors placed their rifles
+against a tree, protected as they thought by the flag of truce, than
+they were surrounded by a large body of soldiers, and made prisoners.
+
+_Brian._ That was an unjust and treacherous act. Oseola ought to have
+kept away from them.
+
+_Basil._ And what did they do to Oseola? Did they kill him?
+
+_Hunter._ They at first confined him in the fort at St. Augustine, and
+afterwards in a dungeon at Sullivan's Island, near Charleston. It was
+in the latter place that he died, his head pillowed on the faithful
+bosom of his wife, who never forsook him, and never ceased to regard
+him with homage and affection. He was buried at Fort Moultrie, where
+he has a monument, inscribed "Oseola." His companions, had they been
+present at his grave, would not have wept. They would have been glad
+that he had escaped from his enemies.
+
+_Austin._ Poor Oseola!
+
+_Hunter._ This is only one instance among thousands, in which the red
+man has fallen a victim to the treachery and injustice of the whites.
+It is a solemn thought, that when the grave shall give up its dead,
+and the trumpet shall call together, face to face, the inhabitants of
+all nations to judgment; the deceitful, the unjust and the cruel will
+have to meet those whom their deceit, their injustice and cruelty have
+destroyed. Well may the oppressor tremble. "The Lord of hosts hath
+purposed, and who shall disannul it? and his hand is stretched out,
+and who shall turn it back?"
+
+_Basil._ But you have not yet told us of Nikkanochee. Please to let us
+hear all about him.
+
+_Brian._ Ay; we have forgotten Nikkanochee.
+
+_Hunter._ I will now tell you all that I know of him; but I thought
+you would like to hear of his uncle, he being so famous a warrior.
+Nikkanochee is called Oseola Nikkanochee, prince of Econchatti, in
+order that he may bear in mind Oseola, his warlike uncle, and also
+Econchatti-mico, king of the Red Hills, his father. It is thought
+that Nikkanochee was born on the banks of the river Chattahoochee. He
+can just remember the death of his mother, when he was left alone with
+her in a wigwam; but what I have to tell you about Nikkanochee took
+place during the lifetime of his father, and his uncle Oseola. The
+white men being at war with the Seminoles, the war-men of the latter
+were obliged to band themselves together to fight, leaving their
+squaws and children to travel as well as they could to a place of
+safety. Nikkanochee, child as he was, travelled with the women through
+the pine forests night and day; but a party of horse-soldiers overtook
+them, and drove them as captives towards the settlements of the
+whites.
+
+_Brian._ Ay! now Nikkanochee is a prisoner! What is to become of him
+now?
+
+_Hunter._ The mothers were almost frantic. The wigwams they saw on the
+road had been destroyed by fire, and the whole country had been
+devastated. At nightfall they came to a village; and here, when it
+grew dark, Nikkanochee, a little girl and two Indian women made their
+escape. For some days they fled, living on water-melons and Indian
+corn, till they fell in with a party of their own war-men, and among
+them was Nikkanochee's father.
+
+_Austin._ I hope they were safe then.
+
+_Hunter._ Not being numerous, they were obliged to retreat. Pursued by
+their enemies, they fled, sometimes on horseback, and sometimes on
+foot; a part of the way through the swamps, thickets and pine forests.
+At night, while the party were sitting round a fire, in the act of
+preparing for refreshment some dried meat, and a wild root of the
+woods reduced into flour, an alarm was given. In a moment they were
+obliged once more to fly, for their enemies were upon their track.
+
+_Brian._ Dreadful! dreadful!
+
+_Hunter._ The fire was put out by the Indians, their blankets hastily
+rolled up, and the squaws and children sent to hide themselves in the
+tangled reeds and brushwood of a swamp, while the war-men turned
+against the enemy. The Indians beat them off, but Econchatti-mico was
+wounded in the wrist, a musket ball having passed through it.
+
+_Brian._ Did Econchatti die of his wound?
+
+_Hunter._ No; but he and the war-men, expecting that their enemies
+would return in greater numbers, were again forced to fly. The dreary
+pine forest, the weedy marsh, and the muddy swamp were once more
+passed through. Brooks and rapid rivers were crossed by Econchatti,
+wounded as he was, with his son on his back. He swam with one hand,
+for the other was of little use to him.
+
+_Austin._ Econchatti seems to be as brave a man as Oseola. Did they
+escape from their enemies?
+
+_Hunter._ While they were sitting down to partake of some wild turkey
+and deer, with which their bows and arrows had furnished them during
+their flight, their enemies again fell upon them. The Seminoles had,
+perhaps, altogether two thousand warriors, with Oseola at their head;
+but then the whites had at least ten thousand, to say nothing of their
+being much better armed. No wonder that the Seminoles were compelled
+to fly, and only to fight when they found a favourable opportunity.
+But I must not dwell longer than necessary on my account; suffice it
+to say, that, after all the bravery of the warriors, and all the
+exertions of Econchatti, Nikkanochee once more fell into the hands of
+the enemy.
+
+_Basil._ Oh, that was terrible! I hoped he would get away safe.
+
+_Brian._ So did I. I thought the white men would be tired of following
+them into those dreary forests and muddy swamps.
+
+_Austin._ How was it that Nikkanochee was taken?
+
+_Hunter._ He was captured on the 25th of August, 1836, by some
+soldiers who were scouring the country, and brought by them the next
+day to Colonel Warren. Poor little fellow, he was so worn, emaciated
+and cast down, that he could not be looked upon without pity. For
+several weeks he hardly spoke a word. No tear, no sob, nor sigh
+escaped him; but he appeared to be continually on the watch to make
+his escape. The soldiers who had taken him prisoner declared that they
+had followed his track full forty miles before they came up to him.
+From the rising to the setting of the sun they hurried on, and still
+he was before them. Nikkanochee must then have been only about five or
+six years old.
+
+_Basil._ Why, I could not walk so far as forty miles to save my life.
+How did he manage it?
+
+_Hunter._ You have not been brought up like an Indian. Fatigue and
+hardship and danger are endured by red men from their earliest
+infancy. The back to the burden, Basil. You have heard the saying,
+"God tempers the wind to the shorn lamb." When the soldiers came up to
+Nikkanochee, he darted into the bushes and long grass, where they
+found him. At first, he uttered a scream; but, soon after, he offered
+the soldiers a peach which he had in his hand, that they might let him
+go. Placed on horseback behind one of the troopers, he was brought to
+the military station.
+
+_Brian._ They have him now, then, fast enough. I wonder what became of
+Econchatti-mico, his father.
+
+_Hunter._ That is not known. I should have told you that, in the
+Seminole language, "Econ," means hill or hills; "Chatti," is red; and
+the signification of "mico," is king: so that Econchatti-mico is, all
+together, King of the Red Hills. The soldiers who captured Nikkanochee
+disputed among themselves whether he ought not to be killed. Most of
+them were for destroying every Indian man, woman, or child they met;
+but one of them, named James Shields, was determined to save the boy's
+life, and it was owing to his humanity that Nikkanochee was not put to
+death.
+
+_Brian._ That man deserves to be rewarded. I shall not forget James
+Shields.
+
+_Hunter._ When Nikkanochee had afterwards become a little more
+reconciled to his situation, he gave some account of the way in which
+he was taken. He said, that as he was travelling with his father and
+the Indians, the white men came upon them. According to Indian
+custom, when a party is surprised, the women and children immediately
+fly in different directions, to hide in the bushes and long grass,
+till the war-men return to them after the fight or alarm is over. Poor
+little Nikkanochee, in trying to cross a rivulet, fell back again into
+it. Besides this misfortune, he met with others, so that he could not
+keep up with the party. He still kept on, for he saw an old coffee-pot
+placed on a log; and Indians, in their flight, place things in their
+track, and also break off twigs from the bushes, that others of their
+tribe may know how to follow them. Nikkanochee came to a settlement of
+whites, but he struck out of the road to avoid it. He afterwards
+entered a peach orchard, belonging to a deserted house, and here he
+satisfied his hunger. It was then getting dark, but the soldiers saw
+him, and set off after him at full gallop. In vain he hid himself in
+the grass, and lay as still as a partridge, for they discovered him
+and took him away.
+
+_Austin._ I wonder that Econchatti-mico, his father, or the brave
+Oseola, his uncle, did not rescue him.
+
+_Hunter._ It is thought that they did return upon the back trail, for
+the place they had been in was shortly after surrounded by Indians,
+with Oseola at their head; but just then a reinforcement of soldiers
+arrived, and the Indians were obliged to retire. Had not the soldiers
+come up just in time, the whole garrison might have fallen by the
+rifles and scalping-knives of enraged Seminoles. Nikkanochee passed a
+year with the family of Colonel Warren, and was beloved by them all
+There was, no doubt, much sympathy felt for him, as the nephew of a
+well-known warrior, and the son of the king of a warlike people.
+Nikkanochee was afterwards taken under the protection of a gentleman,
+who became much attached to him. He was educated with other children,
+and taught to bend the knee in prayer, and to offer praise to the King
+of kings and Lord of lords. Thus, in the providence of God, was
+Nikkanochee brought from being a heathen to be a worshipper of the
+true God and Jesus Christ.
+
+_Brian._ How much longer did he remain abroad?
+
+_Hunter._ A very few years, during which he became expert in climbing,
+swimming, loading the rifle, and using the spear. He was bold enough
+to attack the raccoon and otter, and was not afraid even of the
+alligator; few of his age were more hardy, or could bear an equal
+degree of fatigue. His kind protector, who adopted him as his own
+child, took him over to England in the year 1840. But I have given you
+a long account. May Nikkanochee become as celebrated for virtue and
+piety as his ancestors and relations were for valour and war.
+
+
+
+
+ [Illustration: Resting place for the Dead.]
+
+ CHAPTER VIII.
+
+
+In the next visit of the three brothers to the hunter, he pointed out
+to them the great influence that religion had on the character of any
+people or country. A false religion brings with it a train of
+unnumbered evils; while a knowledge of the true God, and a living
+faith in the Saviour who died for sinners, continually promote among
+mankind principles of justice and kindness, and communicate to their
+hearts the blessings of peace and joy. "True it is," said he, "that
+among professedly Christian people there is much of evil; much of
+envy, hatred, malice, uncharitableness; of injustice, covetousness and
+cruelty. But this proceeds not from Christianity, but from the fallen
+state of human nature, which nothing but the grace of God can renew,
+and from the great number of those who profess to be Christians, while
+they are uninfluenced by the gospel of the Redeemer. Christianity will
+neither allow us to dishonour God by bowing down to idols, nor to
+injure man by injustice and oppression. The Indians of our country are
+not found bowing down to numberless idols, as the inhabitants of many
+countries are: they worship what they call 'the Great Spirit,' with a
+deep reverence, humbling themselves before him, and undergoing
+self-imposed torments, to gain his good will, which the generality of
+Christians, in the manifestation of their faith, would find it hard to
+endure. They believe also in an Evil Spirit, as well as in a future
+state; and that they shall be happy or unhappy, just as they have done
+good or evil, according to their estimate of those qualities, but this
+belief is mixed up with mysteries and superstitions without number. I
+speak of Indians in the forest and the prairie, who know nothing of
+God's word, and who have never heard the voice of a missionary."
+
+_Hunter._ The different tribes believe, that if they are expert in the
+chase, bold in battle, and slay many of their enemies, they shall live
+for ever, after death, in beautiful hunting-grounds, enjoying the
+pleasures of the chase continually. You know that we, as Christians,
+are enjoined to forgive our enemies; but untutored Indians delight in
+revenge: they love to boast, and to shed blood; but we are taught, by
+God's holy word, to be humble and merciful. There is one thing that
+mingles much with the Indian character; and that is, medicine, or
+mystery. I must try to make you understand it.
+
+_Austin._ Yes; I should like to know all about it very well.
+
+_Hunter._ Go where you may, among the Choctaws, the Seminoles, the
+Crows, or the Blackfeet, every Indian has his medicine or mystery bag,
+which he regards with reverence, and will not part with for any price.
+He looks upon it as a kind of charm, or guardian spirit, that is to
+keep him from evil. He takes it with him to battle, and when he dies
+it is his companion.
+
+_Austin._ But what is it? Is there any thing in the bag? What is it
+that makes medicine?
+
+_Hunter._ Every thing that is mysterious or wonderful to an Indian, he
+regards as medicine. I do not mean such medicine as we get from an
+apothecary; but he regards it as something awful, and connected with
+spirits. This is a strong superstition, which has laid hold of the red
+man throughout the whole of his race.
+
+_Brian._ But is there any thing in the medicine bag?
+
+_Hunter._ The medicine bag is usually the skin of some animal, such as
+the beaver, otter, polecat, or weazel; or of some bird, as the eagle,
+the magpie, or hawk; or of some reptile, as the snake or the toad.
+This skin is stuffed with any thing the owner chooses to put into it,
+such as dry grass, or leaves; and it is carefully sewed up into some
+curious form, and ornamented in a curious manner. Some medicine bags
+are very large, and form a conspicuous part of an Indian's
+appendages; while others are very small, and altogether hidden.
+
+_Basil._ Why, it is very foolish in the red men to carry such things
+about with them.
+
+_Hunter._ It certainly is so; but their fathers and their tribes have
+done so for many generations, and it would be a disgrace to them, in
+their own estimation, if they neglected to do the same. A young
+Indian, before he has his medicine bag, goes perhaps alone on the
+prairie, or wanders in the forest, or beside some solitary lake. Day
+after day, and night after night, he fasts, and calls on the Great
+Spirit to help him to medicine. When he sleeps, the first animal, or
+bird, or reptile that he dreams of, is his medicine. If it be a
+weazel, he catches a weazel, and it becomes his medicine for ever. If
+it be a toad or snake, he kills it; and if it be a bird, he shoots it,
+and stuffs its skin.
+
+_Austin._ This is one of the most wonderful things you have told us
+yet.
+
+_Hunter._ What is called a medicine man, or a mystery man, is one who
+ranks high in his tribe for some supposed knowledge. He can either
+make buffaloes come, or cure disease, or bring rain, or do some other
+wonderful things, or persuade his tribe that he can do them. Indeed,
+among Indians, hardly any thing is done without the medicine man. A
+chief, in full dress, would as soon think of making his appearance
+without his head as without his medicine bag. There is a saying among
+the Indians, that "a man lying down, is medicine to the grizzly
+bear;" meaning, that in such a position a bear will not hurt him.
+
+_Basil._ Is it true? Will not the grizzly bear hurt a man when he is
+lying down?
+
+_Hunter._ So many people say; but I should be very sorry to trust the
+grizzly bear. I am afraid that he would be paying his respects to me
+in a very rough way.
+
+_Austin._ What was it that you said about the medicine man bringing
+rain?
+
+_Hunter._ Some of them are famous for bringing rain in a dry season.
+
+_Austin._ But they cannot really bring rain.
+
+_Hunter._ The matter is managed in this way.--When once they undertake
+to bring rain, they keep up their superstitious ceremonies, day after
+day, till the rain comes. Oftentimes it is very long before they
+succeed. It was in a time of great drought, that I once arrived at the
+Mandan village on the Upper Missouri. At the different Indian
+villages, peas and beans, wild rice, corn, melons, squashes, pumpkins,
+peaches and strawberries were often found in abundance; but, on this
+occasion, the Mandans had a very poor prospect of gathering any thing
+that required rain to bring it to perfection. The young and the old
+were crying out that they should have no green corn.
+
+_Austin._ Why did they not tell the medicine men earlier to make the
+rain come?
+
+_Hunter._ They did so: but it was not quite convenient to the medicine
+men; for they saw clearly enough that there was not the slightest
+appearance of rain. After putting it off, day after day, the sky grew
+a little cloudy to the west, when the medicine men assembled together
+in great haste to make it rain.
+
+_Brian._ Ay! they were very cunning.
+
+_Hunter._ No sooner was it known that the medicine men were met
+together in the mystery lodge, than the village was all in commotion.
+They wanted rain, and they were very sure that their medicine men
+could bring it when they pleased. The tops of the wigwams were soon
+crowded. In the mystery lodge a fire was kindled, round which sat the
+rain-makers, burning sweet-smelling herbs, smoking the medicine pipe,
+and calling on the Great Spirit to open the door of the skies, and let
+out the rain.
+
+_Basil._ That is the way they make it rain, is it?
+
+_Hunter._ At last, one of the rain-makers came out of the mystery
+lodge, and stood on the top of it with a spear in his hand, which he
+brandished about in a commanding and threatening manner, lifting it up
+as though he were about to hurl it up at the heavens. He talked aloud
+of the power of his medicine, holding up his medicine bag in one hand,
+and his spear in the other; but it was of no use, neither his medicine
+nor his spear could make it rain; and, at the setting of the sun, he
+came down from his elevated position in disgrace.
+
+_Austin._ Poor fellow! He had had enough of rain-making for one day.
+
+_Hunter._ For several days the same ceremony was carried on, until a
+rain-maker, with a head-dress of the skins of birds, ascended the top
+of the mystery lodge, with a bow in his hand, and a quiver at his
+back. He made a long speech, which had in it much about thunder and
+lightning, and black clouds and drenching rain; for the sky was
+growing dark, and it required no great knowledge of the weather to
+foretell rain. He shot arrows to the east and west, and others to the
+north and the south, in honour of the Great Spirit who could send the
+rain from all parts of the skies. A fifth arrow he retained, until it
+was almost certain that rain was at hand. Then, sending up the shaft
+from his bow, with all his might, to make a hole, as he said, in the
+dark cloud over his head, he cried aloud for the waters to pour down
+at his bidding, and to drench him to the skin. He was brandishing his
+bow in one hand, and his medicine in the other, when the rain came
+down in a torrent. The whole village was clamorous with applause. He
+was regarded as a great mystery man, whose medicine was very powerful,
+and he rose to great distinction among his tribe. You see, then, the
+power of a mystery man in bringing rain. Does it not astonish you?
+
+_Austin._ No, not a bit. I see that it was all a cheat.
+
+_Brian._ I could make it rain myself as well as he did, for he never
+shot his arrow to pierce the cloud till it was over his head.
+
+_Hunter._ To be a mystery man is regarded as a great honour; and some
+Indians are said to have suspended themselves from a pole, with
+splints through their flesh, and their medicine bags in their hands,
+looking towards the sun, for a whole day, to obtain it.
+
+_Austin._ When I go among the Indians, I will not be a mystery man.
+
+ * * * * *
+
+_Hunter._ Now I will tell you something about Indian marriages. There
+is very little ceremony in an Indian marriage. The father may be seen
+sitting among his friends, when the young Indian comes in with
+presents, to induce him to give him his daughter for a wife. If the
+presents are not liked, they are not accepted; if they are approved,
+the father takes the hand of his daughter, and the hand of the young
+Indian, and slaps them together; after which a little feasting takes
+place.
+
+_Austin._ Why, that is like buying a wife.
+
+_Hunter._ It is; but the young Indian has already gained the good will
+of his intended wife: not by his fine clothes and his wealth, for he
+has neither the one nor the other, but by showing her the skins of the
+bears he has killed, and the scalps and scalp-locks of the foes he has
+slaughtered; and by telling her that he will hunt for her, that she
+may be kept from want, and fight for her, that she may be protected
+from the enemies of her tribe. Indians have strange customs: some
+flatten the heads of their young children, by laying them in a cradle,
+with a pillow for the back of the head, and then pressing the
+forehead, day after day, with a board, that comes down upon it, till
+the nose and forehead form a straight line.
+
+_Brian._ I should not like my head to be flattened in that manner.
+
+_Hunter._ Children are carried about in their cradles on the backs of
+their mothers, wherever they go; and when children die, they are often
+left, in their cradles, floating on the water of a brook or pool,
+which their superstition teaches them to regard as sacred. A cluster
+of these little arks or cradles, or coffins as they may be called, of
+different forms, in a lone pool, is a very picturesque and affecting
+sight.
+
+_Basil._ I shall often think of the pool, and the little cradles
+swimming on it. It would remind me of Moses in the bulrushes.
+
+_Hunter._ There are other singular customs among the Indians. The
+Kowyas, the Pawnees, the Sacs and Foxes, the Osages, and the Iowas,
+all shave their heads, leaving a tuft on the crown two or three inches
+in length, and a small lock in the middle of it, as long as they can
+make it grow. By means of this small lock of hair braided, they
+ornament the tuft with a crest of the deer's tail dyed scarlet, and
+sometimes add to it a war-eagle's feather.
+
+_Austin._ How different from the Crow Indians! They do not shave off
+their hair; but let it grow till it hangs down to the very ground.
+
+_Hunter._ You have not forgotten that, I see. There is a cruel custom
+among the Indians, of exposing their aged people, that is, leaving
+them alone to die. If a party are obliged to remove from one place to
+another in search of food, and there is among them an aged man, who
+can no longer fight, nor hunt, nor fish, nor do any thing to support
+himself, he is liable, although in his time he may have been a
+war-chief, to be left alone to die. I have seen such a one sitting by
+a little fire left him by his tribe, with perhaps a buffalo skin
+stretched on poles over his head, and a little water and a few bones
+within his reach. I have put my pipe to his mouth, given him pemican,
+and gathered sticks, that he might be able to recruit his fire; and
+when, months after, I have returned to the spot, there has been
+nothing left of him but his skeleton, picked clean by the wolves and
+bleaching in the winds.
+
+_Austin._ This is one of the worst things we have heard of the
+Indians.
+
+_Basil._ Oh, it is very sad indeed!
+
+_Hunter._ You would not forsake your father, in old age, in that
+manner, would you?
+
+_Austin._ No! As long as we could get a bit of bread or a drop of
+water, he should have part of it, and we would die with him rather
+than desert him.
+
+_Brian_ and _Basil._ Yes; that we would!
+
+_Hunter._ I hope so. This is, I say, a cruel custom; but it forms a
+part of Indian manners, so that the old men expect it, and, indeed,
+would not alter it. Indians have not been taught, as we have, to
+honour their parents, at least not in the same way; but I can say
+nothing in favour of so cruel and unnatural a custom. Among the Sioux
+of the Mississippi, it is considered great medicine to jump on the
+Leaping Rock, and back again. This rock is a huge column or block,
+between thirty and forty feet high, divided from the side of the Red
+Pipe-stone Quarry. It is about seven feet broad, and at a distance
+from the main rock of about six or eight feet. Many are bold enough to
+take the leap, and to leave their arrows sticking in one of its
+crevices; while others, equally courageous, have fallen from the top
+in making the attempt, and been dashed to pieces.
+
+_Brian._ When you go to Pipe-stone Quarry, Austin, have nothing to do
+with the Leaping Rock. You must get your medicine in some other way.
+
+_Austin._ I shall leave the Leaping Rock to the leaping Indians, for
+it will never suit me.
+
+_Hunter._ There is a very small fish caught in the river Thames,
+called white bait, which is considered a very great luxury; but, to my
+taste, the white fish, of which the Chippewas take great abundance in
+the rapids near the Falls of St. Mary's, are preferable. The Chippewas
+catch them in the rapids with scoop-nets, in the use of which they are
+very expert. The white fish resemble salmon, but are much less in
+size.
+
+_Austin._ The white fish of the Chippewas will suit me better than the
+Leaping Rock of the Sioux.
+
+_Hunter._ Among the Indians, feasting, fasting, and sacrifices of a
+peculiar kind, form a part of their religious or superstitious
+observances. Some of the Pawnees, in former times, offered human
+sacrifices; but this cruel custom is now no more. The Mandans
+frequently offered a finger to the god, or Evil Spirit; and most of
+the tribes offer a horse, a dog, a spear, or an arrow, as the case
+may be. Over the Mandan mystery lodge used to hang the skin of a white
+buffalo, with blue and black cloth of great value. These were intended
+as a sacrifice or an offering to the good and evil spirits, to avert
+their anger and to gain their favour.
+
+_Brian._ How many things you do remember!
+
+_Hunter._ All the chiefs of the tribes keep runners: men swift of
+foot, who carry messages and commands, and spread among the people
+news necessary to be communicated. These runners sometimes go great
+distances in a very short space of time.
+
+_Brian._ You must have your runners, Austin.
+
+_Austin._ Oh yes, I will have my runners: for I shall want pipe-stone
+from Red Pipe-stone Quarry, and white fish from the Chippewas; and
+then I shall send messages to the Cherokees and Choctaws, the
+Camanchees, the Blackfeet and the Crows.
+
+_Hunter._ The squaws, or wives of the Indians, labour very
+contentedly, seeming to look on servitude as their proper calling.
+They get in wood and water; they prepare the ground for grain, cook
+victuals, make the dresses of their husbands, manufacture pottery,
+dress skins, attend to the children, and make themselves useful in a
+hundred other ways.
+
+_Brian._ I think the squaws behave themselves very well.
+
+_Hunter._ The smoking of the pipe takes place on all great occasions,
+just as though the Indians thought it was particularly grateful to the
+Good and Evil Spirits. In going to war, or in celebrating peace, as
+well as on all solemn occasions, the pipe is smoked. Oftentimes,
+before it is passed round, the stem is pointed upwards, and then
+offered to the four points--east, west, north and south. In the hands
+of a mystery man, it is great and powerful medicine. If ever you go
+among the red men, you must learn to smoke; for to refuse to draw a
+whiff through the friendly pipe offered to you, would be regarded as a
+sad affront.
+
+_Basil._ What will you do now, Austin? You never smoked a pipe in your
+life.
+
+_Austin._ Oh, I should soon learn; besides, I need only take a very
+little whiff.
+
+_Hunter._ You must learn to eat dog's flesh, too; for when the Indians
+mean to confer a great honour on a chief or a stranger, they give him
+a dog feast, in which they set before him their most favourite dogs,
+killed and cooked. The more useful the dogs were, and the more highly
+valued, the greater is the compliment to him in whose honour the feast
+is given; and if he were to refuse to eat of the dog's flesh, thus
+prepared out of particular respect to him, no greater offence could be
+offered to his hospitable entertainers.
+
+_Brian._ You have something a little harder to do now, I think,
+Austin; to learn to eat dog's flesh.
+
+_Austin._ You may depend upon it, that I shall keep out of the way of
+a dog feast. I might take a little whiff at their pipe, but I could
+not touch their dainty dogs.
+
+_Hunter._ In some of the large lodges, I have seen very impressive
+common life-scenes. Fancy to yourselves a large round lodge, holding
+ten or a dozen beds of buffalo skins, with a high post between every
+bed. On these posts hang the shields, the war-clubs, the spears, the
+bows and quivers, the eagle-plumed head-dresses, and the medicine bags
+of the different Indians who sleep there; and on the top of each post
+the buffalo mask, with its horns and tail, used in the buffalo dance.
+Fancy to yourselves a group of Indians in the middle of the lodge,
+with their wives and their little ones around them, smoking their
+pipes and relating their adventures, as happy as ease and the supply
+of all their animal wants can make them. While you gaze on the scene,
+so strange, so wild, so picturesque and so happy, an emotion of
+friendly feeling for the red man thrills your bosom, a tear of
+pleasure starts into your eye; and, before you are aware, an
+ejaculation of thankfulness has escaped your lips, to the Father of
+mercies, that, in his goodness and bounty to mankind, he has not
+forgotten the inhabitants of the forest and the prairie.
+
+The Indians have a method of hardening their shields, by smoking them
+over a fire, in a hole in the ground; and, usually, when a warrior
+thus smokes his shield, he gives a feast to his friends. Some of the
+pipes of the Indians are beautiful. The bowls are all of the red stone
+from Pipe-stone Quarry, cut into all manner of fantastic forms; while
+the stems, three or four feet long, are ornamented with braids of
+porcupine's quills, beaks of birds, feathers and red hair. The
+calumet, or, as it is called, "the peace-pipe," is indeed, as I have
+before said, great medicine. It is highly adorned with quills of the
+war-eagle, and never used on any other occasion than that of making
+and solemnizing peace, when it is passed round to the chiefs. It is
+regarded as altogether a sacred utensil. An Indian's pipe is his
+friend through the pains and pleasures of life; and when his tomahawk
+and his medicine bag are placed beside his poor, pallid remains, his
+pipe is not forgotten.
+
+_Austin._ When an Indian dies, how do they bury him?
+
+_Hunter._ According to the custom of his tribe. Some Indians are
+buried under the sod; some are left in cots, or cradles, on the water;
+and others are placed on frames raised to support them. You remember
+that I told you of Blackbird's grave.
+
+_Austin._ Ay! he was buried on horseback, on the top of a high bluff,
+sitting on his horse. He was covered all over with sods.
+
+_Hunter._ And I told you of the Chinock children floating on the
+solitary pool.
+
+_Basil._ Yes, I remember them very well.
+
+_Hunter._ Grown-up Chinocks are left floating in cradles, just in the
+same manner; though oftener they are tied up in skins, and laid in
+canoes, with paddles, pipes and provisions, and then hoisted up into a
+tree, and left there to decay. In the Mandan burial place, the dead
+were ranged in rows, on high slender frames, out of the way of the
+wolf, dressed in their best robes, and wrapped in a fresh buffalo
+skin, with all their arms, pipes, and every necessary provision and
+comfort to supply their wants in their journey to the hunting-grounds
+of their fathers. In our burial grounds, there are generally some
+monuments grander than the rest, to set forth the wealth, the station,
+or the talents of those who slumber below; and, as human nature is the
+same everywhere, so in the resting place of the Indians. Here and
+there are spread out a few yards of red or blue cloth, to signify that
+beneath it a chief, or a superior brave, is sleeping. The Mandan dead
+occupied a spot on the prairie. Here they mouldered, warrior lying by
+the side of warrior, till they fell to the ground from their frames,
+when the bones were buried, and the skulls ranged with great care, in
+round rings, on the prairie, with two buffalo skulls and a medicine
+pole in the centre.
+
+_Austin._ Ay! it would be of no use for the wolf to come then, for
+there would be nothing for him. I should very much like to see an
+Indian burying-place.
+
+_Hunter._ Were you to visit one, you would see that the heart and
+affections are at work under a red skin, as well as under a white one;
+for parents and children, husbands and wives, go there to lament for
+those who are dear to them, and to humble themselves before the Great
+Spirit, under whose care they believe their departed relatives to be.
+The skulls, too, are visited, and every one is placed carefully, from
+time to time, on a tuft of sweet-smelling herb or plant. Life is but a
+short season with both the white and the red man, and ought to be well
+spent. It is as a flower that flourishes: "For the wind passeth over
+it, and it is gone; and the place thereof shall know it no more." But
+I have now told you enough for the present. Come again, as soon as you
+will; I shall have some anecdotes of Indians ready for you.
+
+ [Illustration: Indian Cradle.]
+
+
+
+
+ [Illustration]
+
+ CHAPTER IX.
+
+
+With willing feet, sparkling eyes and happy hearts, Austin and his two
+brothers again set off for the cottage near the wood. On an ordinary
+occasion, they might have found time for a little pleasant loitering;
+but the Indian anecdotes they expected to hear excited their curiosity
+too much to allow a single minute to be lost. A pin might have been
+heard falling on the ground, when, seated in the cottage, they
+listened to the following anecdotes of the hunter.
+
+_Hunter._ It has pleased God to endue Indians with quick perceptions.
+They are amazingly quick in tracing an enemy, both in the woods and
+the prairie. A broken twig or leaf, or the faintest impression on the
+grass, is sufficient to attract their attention. The anecdotes I am
+about to relate are believed to be true, but I cannot myself vouch for
+their correctness, having only read them, or heard them related by
+others.
+
+An Indian, upon his return home to his hut one day, discovered that
+his venison, which had been hung up to dry, had been stolen. After
+going some distance, he met some persons, of whom he inquired if they
+had seen a _little, old, white man_, with a short gun, and accompanied
+by a small dog with a bob-tail. They replied in the affirmative; and,
+upon the Indian's assuring them that the man thus described had stolen
+his venison, they desired to be informed how he was able to give such
+a minute description of a person whom he had not seen. The Indian
+answered thus:--
+
+"The thief I know is a _little_ man, by his having made a pile of
+stones in order to reach the venison, from the height I hung it
+standing on the ground; that he is an _old_ man, I know by his short
+steps, which I have traced over the dead leaves in the woods; that he
+is a _white_ man, I know by his turning out his toes when he walks,
+which an Indian never does; his gun I know to be short, by the mark
+which the muzzle made by rubbing the bark of the tree on which it
+leaned; that the dog is small, I know by his tracks; and that he has a
+bob-tail, I discovered by the mark of it in the dust where he was
+sitting at the time his master was taking down the meat."
+
+_Brian._ Well done, Indian! Why, nothing could escape a man like
+that.
+
+_Austin._ An Englishman would hardly have been able to describe the
+thief without seeing him.
+
+_Hunter._ You shall have another instance of the quick perceptions of
+the red men. A most atrocious and shocking murder was once committed,
+by a party of Indians, on fourteen white settlers, within five miles
+of Shamokin. The surviving whites, in their rage, determined to take
+their revenge by murdering a Delaware Indian, who happened to be in
+those parts, and who was far from thinking himself in any danger. He
+was a great friend to the whites, was loved and esteemed by them, and,
+in testimony of their regard, had received from them the name of Duke
+Holland, by which he was generally known.
+
+This Indian, satisfied that his nation were incapable of committing
+such a foul murder in a time of profound peace, told the enraged
+settlers that he was sure the Delawares were not in any manner
+concerned in it, and that it was the act of some wicked Mingoes or
+Iroquois, whose custom it was to involve other nations in wars with
+each other, by secretly committing murders, so that they might appear
+to be the work of others. But all his representations were vain; he
+could not convince exasperated men, whose minds were fully bent on
+revenge.
+
+At last, he offered that, if they would give him a party to accompany
+him, he would go with them in quest of the murderers, and was sure
+that he could discover them by the prints of their feet, and other
+marks well known to him, by which he would convince them that the
+real perpetrators of the crime belonged to the Six Nations.
+
+His proposal was accepted. He marched at the head of a party of whites
+and led them into the tracks. They soon found themselves in the most
+rocky part of a mountain, where not one of those who accompanied him
+could discover a single track, nor would they believe that men had
+ever trodden on this ground, as they had to jump from rock to rock, or
+to crawl over them. They began to believe that the Indian had led them
+across these rugged mountains in order to give the enemy time to
+escape. They threatened him with instant death the moment they should
+be convinced of the fraud.
+
+The Indian, true to his promise, took pains to make them perceive that
+an enemy had passed along the places through which he was leading
+them. Here, he showed them that the moss on the road had been trodden
+down by the weight of a human foot; there, that it had been torn and
+dragged forward from its place. Again, he would point out to them,
+that pebbles, or small stones on the rocks, had been removed from
+their beds by the foot hitting against them; that dry sticks, by being
+trodden upon, were broken; and, in one particular place, that an
+Indian's blanket had been dragged over the rocks, and had removed or
+loosened the leaves lying there, so that they did not lie flat, as in
+other places. All these marks the Indian could perceive as he walked
+along, without even stopping.
+
+At last, arriving at the foot of the mountain, on soft ground, where
+the tracks were deep, he found that the enemy were eight in number;
+and, from the freshness of the foot-prints, he concluded that they
+must be encamped at no great distance.
+
+This proved to be the exact truth; for, after gaining the eminence on
+the other side of the valley, the Indians were seen encamped: some
+having already laid down to sleep, while others were drawing off their
+leggings, or Indian stockings, for the same purpose, and the scalps
+they had taken were hanging up to dry.
+
+"See," said Duke Holland to his astonished companions, "there is the
+enemy; not people of my nation, but Mingoes, as I truly told you. They
+are in our power. In less than half an hour they will be all fast
+asleep. We need not fire a gun, but go up and tomahawk them. We are
+nearly two to one, and need apprehend no danger. Come on, and you will
+now have your full revenge."
+
+But the whites, overcome with fear, did not choose to follow the
+Indian's advice, but desired him to take them back by the nearest and
+best way. This he did; and when they arrived at home, they reported
+the enemy to have been so great that they durst not venture to attack
+them.
+
+_Austin._ This instance is quite as wonderful as the other.
+
+_Brian._ I would not have an Indian after me if I had done wrong; for
+he would be sure to find me out.
+
+_Hunter._ Red men often act very conscientiously. One day, an Indian
+solicited a little tobacco of a white man, to fill his pipe. Having
+some loose in his pocket, the white man gave him a handful. The next
+day the Indian returned in search of the man who had given him the
+tobacco.
+
+"I wish to see him," said the Indian.
+
+"Why so?" inquired some one.
+
+"Why, I find money with the tobacco."
+
+"Well! what of that? Keep it; it was given to you."
+
+"Ah!" said the Indian, shaking his head, "I got good man and bad man
+here," pointing to his breast. "Good man say, 'Money not yours; you
+must return it:' bad man say, '_'Tis_ yours; it was given to you.'
+Good man say, 'That not right: _tobacco_ yours, _money_ not yours.'
+Bad man say, 'Never mind, nobody know it; go buy rum.' Good man say,
+'Oh no; no such thing.' So poor Indian know not what to do. Me lie
+down to sleep, but no sleep; good man and bad man talk all night, and
+trouble me. So now, me bring money back: now, me feel good."
+
+_Basil._ I like that Indian very much.
+
+_Brian._ No one could have acted more honestly.
+
+_Hunter._ Whatever the Indians may be, when oppressed, wronged and
+deceived by the whites; and however they may act towards their
+enemies; they are usually honest towards their own tribe. While I was
+residing on the Big Beaver, says one who lived much among them, I
+passed by the door of an Indian who was a trader, and had,
+consequently, a quantity of goods in his house. He was going with his
+wife to Pittsburg, and they were shutting up the house; as no person
+remained in it during their absence. This shutting up was nothing else
+than putting a large block, with a few sticks of wood, outside against
+the door, so as to keep it closed. As I was looking at this man with
+attention, while he was so employed, he addressed me in these words:--
+
+"See, my friend, this is an Indian lock that I am putting to my door."
+
+I answered, "Well enough; but I see you leave much property in the
+house: are you not afraid that those articles will be stolen while you
+are gone?"
+
+"Stolen! by whom?"
+
+"Why, by Indians, to be sure."
+
+"No, no," replied he, "no Indian would do such a thing. Unless a white
+man, or white people, should happen to come this way, I shall find all
+safe on my return."
+
+_Basil._ If we were to leave our doors in that way, our houses would
+be sure to be robbed.
+
+_Hunter._ No doubt they would; but Indians have good and bad
+qualities. The notion entertained by the Iroquois Indians, respecting
+the creation of mankind, will show how ignorant they are with respect
+to the Creator of all things; but, indeed, if the blessed book of
+truth were not in our hands, we should be equally ignorant ourselves.
+Before man existed, say they, there were three great and good spirits;
+of whom one was superior to the other two, and is emphatically called
+the Great Spirit and the Good Spirit. At a certain time, this exalted
+being said to one of the others, "Make a man." He obeyed; and, taking
+chalk, formed a paste of it, and moulding it into the human form,
+infused into it the animating principle, and brought it to the Great
+Spirit. He, after surveying it, said, "This is too white."
+
+He then directed the other to make a trial of his skill. Accordingly,
+taking charcoal, he pursued the same process, and brought the result
+to the Great Spirit; who, after surveying it, said, "It is too black."
+
+Then said the Great Spirit, "I will now try myself;" and taking red
+earth, he formed an Indian. On surveying it, he said, "This is a
+proper or perfect man."
+
+After relating the strange opinion of the Iroquois Indians, the hunter
+advised the young people, on their return home, to look over the
+account of the creation of the world and mankind, in the first chapter
+of Genesis; telling them that they could not be too thankful for the
+opportunity of reading God's word, which was not only sufficient to
+keep them from error in such things, but was able also to make them
+"wise unto salvation through faith which is in Christ Jesus." He told
+them, that though the Indians were ignorant of holy things, they did
+not want shrewdness and sagacity. "When General Lincoln," said he,
+"went to make peace with the Creek Indians, one of the chiefs asked
+him to sit down on a log; he was then desired to move, and, in a few
+minutes, to move still farther. The request was repeated, until the
+general got to the end of the log. The Indian still said, 'Move
+farther;' to which the general replied, 'I can move no farther.'
+'Just so it is with us,' said the chief. 'You have moved us back to
+the water, and then ask us to move farther!'"
+
+In the account of his expedition to the foot of the Rocky Mountains,
+in 1821, Major Long relates the following anecdote of a Pawnee brave,
+son of Red Knife, who, in the succeeding winter, visited the city of
+Washington, during the session of Congress.
+
+This brave, of fine size, figure and countenance, is now about
+twenty-five years old. At the age of twenty-one, his heroic deeds had
+acquired for him in his nation the rank of the bravest of the braves.
+The savage practice of torturing and burning to death their prisoners
+existed in this nation. An unfortunate female, of the Paduca nation,
+taken in war, was destined to this horrid death.
+
+The fatal hour had arrived. The trembling victim, far from her home
+and her friends, was fastened to the stake. The whole tribe were
+assembled on the surrounding plains to witness the awful scene.
+
+Just as the funeral pile was to be kindled, and the whole multitude of
+spectators were on the tiptoe of expectation, this young warrior,
+having, unnoticed, prepared two fleet horses, with the necessary
+provisions, sprang from his seat, rushed through the crowd, liberated
+the victim, seized her in his arms, placed her on one of the horses,
+mounted the other himself, and made the utmost speed towards the
+nation and friends of the captive.
+
+The multitude, dumb and nerveless with amazement at the daring deed,
+made no effort to rescue their victim from her deliverer. They viewed
+it as the immediate act of the Great Spirit, submitted to it without a
+murmur, and quietly retired to their village.
+
+The released captive was accompanied three days through the
+wilderness, towards her home. Her deliverer then gave her the horse on
+which she rode, and the necessary provisions for the remainder of the
+journey, and they parted.
+
+On his return to the village, such was his popularity, that no inquiry
+was made into his conduct, and no censure was passed upon it. Since
+this transaction no human sacrifice has been offered in this or any
+other of the Pawnee tribes; the practice is abandoned. How influential
+is one bold act in a good cause! This deed illustrates a grand
+principle, boys. It is by such men that great reformations are made in
+the world, and yet there is no mastery in it. Every one is capable of
+doing that which he knows to be right, regardless of the opinions of
+wicked men, or the habits of the weak and foolish, who follow customs
+which have no apology but that others have done so before.
+
+The publication of this anecdote at Washington led some young ladies,
+in a manner highly creditable to their good sense and good feeling, to
+present this brave and humane Indian with a handsome silver medal,
+with appropriate inscriptions, as a token of their sincere
+commendation of the noble act of rescuing one of their sex, an
+innocent victim, from a cruel death. Their address, delivered on this
+occasion, is sensible and appropriate, closing as follows:
+
+"Brother--Accept this token of our esteem; always wear it for our
+sakes; and when again you have the power to save a poor woman from
+death and torture, think of this, and of us, and fly to her relief and
+rescue."
+
+To this the Pawnee made the following reply:--
+
+"Brothers and sisters--This medal will give me ease more than I ever
+had; and I will listen more than I ever did to white men.
+
+"I am glad that my brothers and sisters have heard of the good deed
+that I have done. My brothers and sisters think that I have done it in
+ignorance, but I now know what I have done.
+
+"I did do it in ignorance, and I did not know that I did good; but by
+your giving me this medal I know it."
+
+The cruelty of torturing and burning a captive, the great danger of
+the female Indian, and the noble daring of the Pawnee brave, formed
+the subject of conversation for some time among the young people; and
+Austin was unbounded in his approbation of the Pawnee. Willingly would
+he have contributed towards another silver medal for him, and Brian
+and Basil would not have been backward in doing their part; but the
+affair appeared hardly practicable, inasmuch as a reasonable doubt
+existed whether the Pawnee brave was still alive; and, even if he
+were, there seemed to be no direct way of communicating with him.
+
+
+
+
+ [Illustration: Indian Horsemanship.--Page 160.]
+
+ CHAPTER X.
+
+
+"Remember," said Austin, as he urged his brothers to quicken their
+pace on their way to the cottage, "we have hardly heard any thing yet
+about buffaloes and grizzly bears, and other animals which are found
+in the woods and the prairie. Let us make haste, that we may have a
+long visit."
+
+Brian and Basil, being almost as anxious as their brother to hear all
+about bears and buffaloes, quickened their pace as he desired them, so
+that no long period had passed, before the hunter, at the request of
+his youthful visitors, was engaged in giving them the desired account.
+
+"The different animals and birds," said he, "that inhabit different
+countries, for the most part, roam backwards and forwards, according
+to the season. Creatures that love the cold move northerly in summer,
+and such as delight in a warmer clime move southerly in winter. It is,
+however, principally to obtain food that they remove from one place to
+another. I must here explain to you, that though I have, in common
+with most others who use these terms, spoken of buffaloes, the animal
+which abounds in the prairie is not properly the buffalo, but the
+bison."
+
+_Austin._ But if they are bisons, why are they called buffaloes?
+
+_Hunter._ That is a question that I hardly know how to answer. From
+whatever cause it may have arisen, certain it is, that the name of
+buffalo has become common; and, that being the case, it is used in
+conversation, and oftentimes in books, as being more easily
+understood.
+
+_Brian._ What is the difference between a buffalo and a bison?
+
+_Hunter._ A buffalo is an animal that abounds in Africa, resembling an
+ugly cow, with a body long, but rather low; and very long horns. But
+the bison stands very high in front, has a hump on the back part of
+the neck covered with long hair, short horns, and a profusion of long
+shaggy hair hanging from its head, neck and fore-legs.
+
+_Austin._ Then a bison must look much fiercer than a buffalo.
+
+_Hunter._ He does; and from the circumstance of his fore-parts
+standing high, while he carries his head low, he always appears as if
+he were about to run at you. Bisons abound throughout the whole of
+our country, west of the Mississippi; but the reckless way in which
+they are slaughtered, and the spread of civilization, are likely, in a
+few years, greatly to decrease their numbers. Indians suffer much from
+hunger, but they are very reckless when buffaloes are plentiful. On
+one occasion, when among the Minatarees, I witnessed a grand capture
+of buffaloes. It was effected by different parties taking different
+directions, and then gradually approaching each other. The herd was
+thus hemmed in on all sides, and the slaughter was terrible. The
+unerring rifle, the sharp spear and the winged arrow, had full employ;
+and so many buffaloes were slain, that, after taking their tongues and
+other choice parts of them for food, hundreds of carcasses were left
+for the prairie-wolves to devour. Thus it is that man, whether savage
+or civilized, too often becomes prodigal of the abundance he enjoys,
+and knows not the value of what he possesses, till taught by that want
+into which his thoughtless waste has plunged him.
+
+_Austin._ Ay, they will soon kill all the buffaloes, if they go on in
+that manner.
+
+_Hunter._ At present, they are to be seen on the prairie in droves of
+many thousands; the woods, also, abound with them; and often, in the
+heat of summer, an incalculable number of heads and horns are visible
+in the rivers, the bodies of the bisons being under the water.
+
+_Brian._ What, because they are so hot?
+
+_Hunter._ Yes: the bison suffers very much from heat. It is no
+uncommon thing to see a bison bull lay himself down in a puddle of
+water, and turn himself round and round in it, till he has half
+covered his body with mud. The puddle hole which he thus makes is
+called a bison or buffalo wallow. The puddle cools him while he is in
+it, and when he quits it, the mud plastered on his sides defends him
+from the burning heat of the sun.
+
+_Basil._ What a figure a bison bull must cut, with his shaggy hair and
+his sides plastered all over with mud!
+
+_Hunter._ Bears are often most formidable foes to the hunter; but
+there is this striking difference between the common bear and the
+grizzly bear, that while the former eats mostly vegetables, and will
+do his best to get out of your way, the latter eats nothing but flesh,
+and is almost sure to attack you. Hunters and Indians make it a rule
+never to fire at a grizzly bear, unless in self-defence: except in
+cases when they have a strong party, or can fire from a tree; for,
+when he is wounded, his fury knows no bounds.
+
+_Austin._ How can you escape from a grizzly bear, if he is so very
+terrible?
+
+_Hunter._ The common bear can climb a tree, as I have already told
+you; but the grizzly bear is no climber. If you have time to get up
+into a tree, you are safe: if not, you must reserve your shot till the
+animal is near you, that you may take a steady aim. You must then
+fight it out in the best way you can. Grizzly bears are sometimes of a
+very large size, measuring from nine to ten feet in length. It was on
+the Upper Missouri that I was once chased by one of these terrible
+fellows, and a narrow escape I had.
+
+_Austin._ How was it? Tell us all about it.
+
+_Hunter._ I had just fired off my rifle at a bird which I took for an
+eagle, little thinking how soon my wasted bullet (for I did not strike
+the bird) would be wanted in defence of my life. The crack of my piece
+reverberated from the green-topped bluffs that rose from the prairie;
+and I suppose it was this that brought Sir Bruin upon me. He came on
+with huge strides, and I had nothing but a hunting-knife to use in my
+defence, my discharged rifle being of no use. There was no tree near,
+so throwing down my piece, I drew my knife as a forlorn hope in my
+extremity.
+
+_Austin._ A hunting-knife against a grizzly bear!
+
+_Hunter._ When the huge monster was within a few yards of me, to my
+amazement, I heard the report of two rifles, and in the same instant
+my tremendous foe fell, with two bullets in his head. This timely
+assistance was rendered me by two of our party, who, having followed
+my track, were near me when I thought myself alone.
+
+_Austin._ Never was any one in greater danger.
+
+_Hunter._ I will tell you an anecdote that I have read of a common
+bear. A boy, about eight years old, was sent by his mother into the
+woods, to bring home the old cow. At the distance of somewhat more
+than half a mile, he found her, attended by some young cattle. He
+began to drive them home; but had not proceeded far, when a bear came
+out of the bushes, and seemed disposed to make his acquaintance.
+
+The boy did not like his company; so he jumped upon the old cow's
+back, and held on by her horns. She set out at full speed, and the
+bear after her. The young cattle, lifting their tails in the air,
+brought up the rear. Thus they proceeded, the young ones behind
+frequently coming up to the bear, and giving him a thrust with their
+horns.
+
+This compelled him to turn round, and thus the old cow, with her brave
+rider, got somewhat in advance. The bear then galloped on, and,
+approaching the boy, attempted to seize him; but the old cow cantered
+along, and finally brought the boy to his mother's house in safety.
+The bear, thinking he should not be welcome there, after approaching
+the house, turned about and scampered back to the forest. Sir Bruin
+knew when he was well off; a whole skin is the best covering a bear
+can have; but, if he ventures among mankind, he is likely enough to
+have it stripped over his ears.
+
+_Austin._ That was a capital old cow, for she saved the boy's life.
+
+_Basil._ But the young cattle helped her, for they pushed the bear
+with their horns.
+
+_Brian._ Please to tell us about wild horses.
+
+_Hunter._ The hordes or bands of wild horses that abound in some of
+the prairies, are supposed to be the offspring of Spanish horses,
+brought to Mexico by Europeans. They are extremely shy, keen in their
+sight and swift of foot, so that to come up with them, except by
+surprise, is no easy thing. I have seen them in great numbers from
+the brow of a bluff, or have peeped at them cautiously from a ravine.
+
+_Austin._ What kind of horses are they; and of what colour?
+
+_Hunter._ Some of them are fine animals, but in general they are
+otherwise. Stunted and coarse in appearance, they are of various
+colours--bay, chestnut, cream, gray, piebald, white and black, with
+long tails, fetlocks, top-knots and manes.
+
+_Brian._ How do they catch them?
+
+_Hunter._ In different ways. Sometimes a well-mounted Indian, armed
+with his rifle, follows a horde of horses, until he can get a fair
+shot at the best among them. He aims at the top of the neck, and if he
+succeeds in striking the high gristle there, it stuns the animal for
+the moment, when he falls to the ground without being injured. This is
+called _creasing_ a horse: but a bad marksman would kill, and not
+crease, the noble animal he seeks to subdue.
+
+_Austin._ What other way is there of catching wild horses? for that
+seems to be a very bad one.
+
+_Basil._ It is a very bad way. They ought not to shoot them.
+
+_Hunter._ They are much more commonly taken with the _lasso_; which is
+a thong at least a dozen yards long, ending in a noose. This the
+Indians throw, at full gallop, over the head of the flying steed they
+wish to secure. Rarely do they miss their aim. When a horse is thus
+caught, the hunter leaps from his steed, and lets out the lasso
+gradually, choking his captive till he is obliged to stop: he then
+contrives to hopple or tie his fore-legs; to fasten the lasso round
+his lower jaw; to breathe in his nostrils, and to lead him home.
+
+_Austin._ Breathe in his nostrils! Why, what does he do that for?
+
+_Hunter._ Because experience has taught him, that it does much towards
+rendering his captive more manageable. It is said, that if an Indian
+breathes freely into the nostrils of a wild young buffalo on the
+prairie, the creature will follow him with all the gentleness and
+docility of a lamb.
+
+_Brian._ Well! that does appear strange!
+
+_Hunter._ There is one animal, which the Indians, the hunters and
+trappers sometimes meet with, that I have not mentioned. It is the
+cougar, or panther, or American lion; for it goes by all these names.
+Now and then it is to be seen in the thick forests of the west; but,
+being a sad coward, it is not so much dreaded as it otherwise would
+be.
+
+_Brian._ I should not much like to meet a cougar.
+
+_Hunter._ The common wolf of America is as big as a Newfoundland dog,
+and a sulky, savage-looking animal he is. So long as he can feed in
+solitary places he prefers to do so, but, when hunger-pressed, he
+attacks the fold; after which, Mr. Grizzly-skin loses no time in
+getting to a place of shelter, for he knows that should he outrun the
+stanch hounds that will soon be on his track, yet will a rifle ball
+outrun him.
+
+_Brian._ Yes, yes; Mr. Grizzly-back is very cunning.
+
+_Hunter._ The prairie-wolf is smaller than the common wolf.
+Prairie-wolves hunt after deer which they generally overtake; or keep
+close to a buffalo herd, feeding on such as die, or on those that are
+badly wounded in fighting with one another. The white, black, and
+clouded wolves are in the northern parts. There are many kinds of
+deer. I told you, that sometimes a deer-hunt took place on a large
+scale, by enclosing a circle, and driving the deer into it. In
+shooting antelopes, the hunter has only to stick up his ramrod in the
+ground in their neighbourhood, and throw over it his handkerchief;
+while he, with his rifle ready loaded, lies on the grass near at hand.
+The antelopes will soon approach the handkerchief to see what it is,
+when the hunter may make them an easy prey. The largest deer is the
+moose deer, which is often seven feet high. He is an awkward,
+overgrown-looking creature, with broad horns; but, awkward as he is, I
+question if any of you could outrun him. Mountain and valley, lake and
+river, seem alike to him, for he crosses them all. In the snow, to be
+sure, the unwearied and persevering hound will overtake him; but let
+him beware of his horns, or he will be flying head over heels in the
+air in a twinkling. The moose deer, however, cannot successfully
+strive with the hunter's rifle.
+
+_Austin._ Nothing can stand against man.
+
+_Hunter._ And yet what is man opposed to his Maker? His strength is
+perfect weakness! In a moment, in a twinkling of an eye, he "changes
+his countenance, and sends him away."
+
+_Basil._ What other kinds of deer do Indians catch?
+
+ [Illustration: The Wapiti Deer.]
+
+_Hunter._ The elk, with his large branching horns, who would despise a
+palace as a dwelling-place. Nothing less than the broad sky above his
+head, and the ground of the boundless forest beneath his feet, will
+satisfy him. After the elk, come the Virginia, or common deer, the
+wapiti deer, the black-tailed deer, and the cariboo. All these are the
+prey of the hunter. Their savoury flesh supplies him with food, and
+their soft skins are articles of merchandise. The mountain sheep may
+often be seen skipping from one ledge to another of the rugged rocks,
+and precipitous clayey cliffs of the western wilds, giving life to
+the solitary place, and interest to the picturesque beauty of lonely
+spots.
+
+_Austin._ You have mentioned all the animals now, I think, that the
+hunter chases; for you spoke before about beavers, badgers, foxes,
+raccoons, squirrels and some others.
+
+_Basil._ You have never told us, though, how they catch the musk-rat.
+I should like to know that.
+
+_Hunter._ Well, then, I will tell you how they take the musk-rat, but
+must first speak about the prairie dog. Prairie dogs are a sort of
+marmot, but their bark is somewhat like that of a small dog. Rising
+from the level prairie, you may sometimes see, for miles together,
+small hillocks of a conical form, thrown up by the prairie dogs, which
+burrow some eight or ten feet in the ground. On a fine day, myriads of
+these dogs, not much unlike so many rats, run about, or sit barking on
+the tops of their hillocks. The moment any one approaches them, they
+disappear, taking shelter in their burrows.
+
+_Basil._ Oh, the cunning little rogues.
+
+_Hunter._ The musk-rat builds his burrow (which looks like a
+hay-stack) of wild rice stalks; so that, while he has a dry lodging, a
+hole at the bottom enables him, when he pleases, to pass into the
+shallow water beneath his burrow or lodge. In taking a musk-rat, a
+person strikes the top of the burrow, and out scampers the tenant
+within; but no sooner does he run through his hole into the shallow
+water, than he is instantly caught with a spear. Myriads of these
+little animals are taken in this manner for their fur.
+
+_Brian._ They must be a good deal like prairie dogs, though one has
+his house on the land, and the other in the water.
+
+_Hunter._ These wide prairies, on which roam bisons and horses and
+deer innumerable; and these shallow waters, where musk-rats abound,
+will probably, in succeeding years, assume another character. White
+men will possess them; civilized manners and customs will prevail, and
+Christianity spread from the Mississippi to the Rocky Mountains; for
+the kingdoms of the world, you know, are to become the kingdoms of our
+Lord and of his Christ.
+
+_Austin._ You have told us a great deal indeed, to-day, about the
+prairies.
+
+_Hunter._ I have already spoken of the prairie fires; I mean the
+burning grass set on fire by accident, or purposely, for the double
+advantage of obtaining a clearer path and an abundant crop of fresh
+grass; but I must relate an adventure of my own, of a kind not likely
+to be forgotten. So long as a prairie fire is confined to the high
+grounds, there is very little danger from it; for, in such situations,
+the grass being short, the fire never becomes large, though the line
+of flame is a long one. Birds and beasts retire before it in a very
+leisurely manner; but in plains where the grass is long, it is very
+different.
+
+_Austin._ I should like to see one of those great, high, round bluffs
+on fire. There must be a fine bonfire then.
+
+_Hunter._ There you are mistaken, for as I have already told you, the
+grass is short on the bluffs. To be sure, the sight of a bluff on
+fire, on a dark night, is very singular; for as you can only see the
+curved line of flame, the bluff being hidden by the darkness, so it
+seems as though the curved lines of flame were up in the air, or in
+the sky.
+
+_Basil._ They must look very beautifully.
+
+_Hunter._ They do: but when a fire takes place in a low bottom of long
+grass, sedge and tangled dry plants, more than six feet high; and when
+a rushing wind urges on the fiery ruin, flashing like the lightning
+and roaring like the thunder; the appearance is not beautiful, but
+terrible. I have heard the shrill war-whoop, and the clash of
+contending tomahawks in the fight, when no quarter has been given. I
+have witnessed the wild burst where Niagara, a river of waters, flings
+itself headlong down the Horseshoe Fall; and I have been exposed to
+the fury of the hurricane. But none of these are half so terrible as
+the flaming ocean of a long-grass prairie-fire.
+
+_Austin._ Oh! it must be terrible.
+
+_Hunter._ The trapper is bold, or he is not fit for his calling; the
+hunter is brave, or he could never wage war as he does with danger;
+and the Indian from his childhood is familiar with peril: yet the
+Indian, the hunter and the trapper tremble, as well they may, at a
+prairie-meadow fire. But I must relate my adventure.
+
+_Basil._ I am almost afraid to hear it.
+
+_Austin._ Poh! nonsense! It will never hurt you.
+
+_Hunter._ A party of five of us, well mounted, and having with us our
+rifles and lances, were making the best of our way across one of the
+low prairie bottoms, where the thick coarse grass and shrubs, even as
+we sat on our horses, were often as high as our heads; when we
+noticed, every now and then, a flight of prairie hens, or grouse,
+rapidly winging their way by us. Two of our party were of the
+Blackfoot tribe; their names were Ponokah (elk) and Moeese (wigwam.)
+These Indians had struck into a buffalo trail, and we had proceeded
+for a couple of hours as fast as the matted grass and wild pea-vines
+would allow, when suddenly the wind that was blowing furiously from
+the east became northerly, and in a moment, Moeese, snuffing the air,
+uttered the words, "Pah kapa," (bad;) and Ponokah, glancing his eyes
+northward, added, "Eehcooa pah kaps," (very bad.)
+
+_Austin._ I guess what was the matter.
+
+_Brian._ And so do I.
+
+_Hunter._ In another instant a rush was heard, and Ponokah, who was a
+little ahead, cried out, "Eneuh!" (buffalo!) when three bisons came
+dashing furiously along another trail towards us. No sooner did they
+set eyes on us, than they abruptly turned southward. By this time, we
+all understood that, to the north, the prairie was on fire; for the
+air smelt strong. Deer, and bisons, and other animals, sprang forward
+in different directions from the prairie, and a smoke, not very
+distant, like a cloud, was visible.
+
+_Austin._ I hope you set off at full gallop.
+
+_Hunter._ We were quite disposed to urge our horses onward; but the
+trail took a turn towards the burning prairie, and we were obliged to
+force our way into another, in doing which my horse got his feet
+entangled, and he fell, pitching me over his head some yards before
+him. I was not hurt by the fall, for the thick herbage protected me;
+but the worst of it was, that my rifle, which had been carelessly
+slung, fell from my shoulder among the long grass, and being somewhat
+confused by my fall, I could not find it.
+
+_Brian._ You ought not to have stopped a moment.
+
+_Hunter._ Perhaps not; but, to a hunter, a rifle is no trifling loss,
+and I could not make up my mind to lose mine. Time was precious, for
+the smoke rapidly increased; and both Ponokah and Moeese, who knew
+more about burning prairies than I did, and were therefore more alive
+to our danger, became very impatient. By the time my rifle was found,
+and we were ready to proceed, the fire had gained upon us in a
+crescent form, so that before and behind we were hemmed in. The only
+point clear of the smoke was to the south; but no trail ran that way,
+and we feared that, in forcing a road, another accident might occur
+like that which had befallen us.
+
+_Austin._ I cannot think what you could do in such a situation.
+
+_Hunter._ Our disaster had come upon us so unexpectedly, and the high
+wind had so hurried on the flaming storm, that there seemed to be no
+time for a moment's thought. Driven by necessity, we plunged into the
+thick grass to the south; but our progress was not equal to that of
+the fire, which was now fast approaching, blackening the air with
+smoke, and roaring every moment louder and louder. Our destruction
+seemed almost certain; when Ponokah, judging, I suppose, by the
+comparative thinness of the smoke eastward, that we were not far from
+the boundary of the prairie bottom, dashed boldly along a trail in
+that direction, in the face of the fire, crying out to us to follow.
+With the daring of men in extremity, we put our horses to their speed,
+broke through the smoke, fire, grass, and flame, and found ourselves
+almost instantly on a patch of ground over which the fire had passed;
+but, as the grass had evidently been scanty, we were free from danger.
+From a neighbouring bluff, which the smoke had before hidden from our
+view, we saw the progress of the flame--a spectacle that filled me
+with amazement. The danger we had escaped seemed increased by the
+sight of the fearful conflagration, and I know not whether terror,
+amazement, or thankfulness most occupied my mind.
+
+_Austin._ That was, indeed, a narrow escape.
+
+_Hunter._ As we stood on the bluff, dismounted, to gaze on the flying
+flames--which appeared in the distance like a huge fiery snake of some
+miles in length, writhing in torture--my wonder increased. The
+spectacle was fearful and sublime, and the conflagration nearest to us
+resembled the breakers of the deep that dash on a rocky shore, only
+formed of fire, roaring and destroying, preceded by thick clouds of
+smoke. Before then, I had been accustomed to sights and scenes of
+peril, and had witnessed the burning of short grass to some extent;
+but this was the first time I had been in such fearful danger--the
+first time I felt the awfulness of such a situation--the first time
+that I had really seen the prairie on fire!
+
+_Brian._ There can be nothing in the world like a burning prairie,
+unless it be a burning mountain.
+
+_Hunter._ A burning prairie, when we are near it, is a vast and
+overwhelming spectacle; but every rising and setting sun exhibits
+Almighty wisdom, power and goodness, on a scale infinitely beyond that
+of a hundred burning prairies. It is a good thing to accustom
+ourselves to regard the works of creation around us with that
+attention and wonder they are calculated to inspire, and especially to
+ponder on the manifestation of God's grace set forth in his holy word.
+When burning prairies and burning mountains shall be all extinguished;
+when rising and setting suns and all earthly glory shall be unknown;
+then shall the followers of the Redeemer gaze on the brighter glories
+of heaven, and dwell for ever with their Leader and their Lord.
+
+ [Illustration]
+
+
+
+
+ [Illustration: Buffalo Dance.]
+
+ CHAPTER XI.
+
+
+Buffaloes, bears, wild horses, wolves, deer, prairie-dogs and
+musk-rats, were a fruitful source of conversation to the young people
+in their leisure hours, until such time as they could again visit
+their interesting friend at the cottage. Various plans were formed to
+attack grizzly bears, to catch wild horses, and to scare away
+half-famished wolves; in all of which, Jowler, notwithstanding his bad
+behaviour at the buffalo hunt, was expected to act a distinguished
+part. Black Tom was scarcely considered worth thinking about, he being
+too wild by half for a wild horse, and too faint-hearted for a grizzly
+bear. At one time, it was so far determined for him to play the part
+of a prairie-dog, that Austin set about digging a hole for him:
+before it was finished, however, the plan was abandoned; Brian and
+Basil both feeling positive that, let Austin dig a hole as deep as he
+would, Black Tom would never be persuaded to run into it.
+
+After much deliberation, catching wild horses being given up--on the
+score that Black Tom would run away too fast, and Jowler would not run
+a way at all--a bear hunt was resolved on, having, as Brian observed,
+two especial advantages: the first, that all of them could enjoy the
+sport at once; and the second, that Jowler would be sure to attack
+them all, just like a grizzly bear.
+
+No time was lost in preparing their long spears, and in dressing
+themselves as much like renowned chiefs as their knowledge and
+resources would allow. And, in order that Jowler might the more
+closely resemble a grizzly bear, a white apron was spread over his
+broad back, and tied round his neck. The lawn was, as before, the
+scene of their exploits, the prairie on which the fearful monster was
+to be overcome; and, to the credit of their courage be it spoken,
+neither Austin, Brian nor Basil, manifested the slightest token of
+fear.
+
+Jowler was led by them among the bushes of the shrubbery, that he
+might burst out upon them all at once; and this part of the
+arrangement answered excellently well, only that Jowler arrived on the
+prairie first instead of last; add to which, the bushes having so far
+despoiled him of his grizzly hide, the white apron, as to have pulled
+it off his back, he set to work mouthing and tearing at it, to get it
+from his neck. At last, in spite of a few untoward and unbearlike
+actions on the part of Jowler, the attack took place. With undaunted
+resolution, Austin sustained Jowler's most furious charges; Brian
+scarcely manifested less bravery; and little Basil, though he had
+broken his lance, and twice fallen to the earth, made a desperate and
+successful attack on his fearful antagonist, and caught him fast by
+the tail. It was on the whole a capital adventure; for though they
+could not with truth say that they had killed the bear, neither could
+the bear say that he had killed them.
+
+The bear hunt being at an end, they set off for the cottage; for the
+hunter had promised to describe to them some of the games of the
+Indian tribes, and he was soon engaged in giving them an account of
+the ball-play of the Choctaws. "At the Choctaw ball-play thousands of
+spectators attend, and sometimes a thousand young men are engaged in
+the game."
+
+_Hunter._ It is played in the open prairie, and the players have no
+clothes on but their trowsers, a beautiful belt formed of beads, a
+mane of dyed horse-hair of different colours, and a tail sticking out
+from behind like the tail of a horse; this last is either formed of
+white horse-hair or of quills.
+
+_Brian._ And how do they play?
+
+_Hunter._ Every man has two sticks, with a kind of hoop at the end,
+webbed across, and with these they catch and strike the ball. The goal
+on each side, consisting of two upright posts and a pole across the
+top, is set up twenty-five feet high; these goals are from forty to
+fifty rods apart. Every time either party can strike the ball through
+their goal, one is reckoned, and a hundred is the game.
+
+_Basil._ What a scuffle there must be among so many of them!
+
+_Hunter._ When every thing is ready for the game to begin, a gun is
+fired; and some old men, who are to be the judges, fling up the ball
+in the middle, half-way between the two goals.
+
+_Brian._ Now for the struggle.
+
+_Hunter._ One party being painted white, every man knows his opponent.
+No sooner is the ball in the air, than a rush takes place. Every one
+with his webbed stick raised above his head; no one is allowed to
+strike or to touch the ball with his hands. They cry out aloud at the
+very top of their voices, rush on, leap up to strike the ball, and do
+all they can to help their own side and hinder their opponents. They
+leap over each other, dart between their rivals' legs, trip them up,
+throw them down, grapple with two or three at a time, and often fall
+to fisticuffs in right earnest. There they are, in the midst of clouds
+of dust, running, striking and struggling with all their might; so
+that, what with the rattle of the sticks, the cries, the wrestling,
+the bloody noses, the bruised shins, the dust, uproar and confusion,
+such a scene of excitement is hardly to be equalled by any other game
+in the world.
+
+_Brian._ How long does the game last?
+
+_Hunter._ It begins about eight or nine o'clock in the morning, and
+sometimes is scarcely finished by sunset. A minute's rest is allowed
+every time the ball is urged beyond the goal, and then the game goes
+on again till it is finished. There is another ball-play somewhat
+resembling this, which is played by the women of the Prairie du Chien,
+while the men watch the progress of the game, or lounge on the ground,
+laughing at them.
+
+_Austin._ Do they ever run races?
+
+_Hunter._ Yes, and very expert they are. Many of the tribes are
+extravagantly fond of horses. You see an Indian, with his shield and
+quiver, his ornamented shirt, leggins, and mocassins; his long hair
+flowing behind him, or his head-dress of the war-eagle tailing
+gracefully nearly to his heels; his lance in his hand; and his dress
+ornamented with ermine, shells, porcupine quills and a profusion of
+scalp-locks; but you see him out of character. He should spring on a
+horse wild as the winds; and then, as he brandished his lance, with
+his pendent plumes, and hair and scalp-locks waving in the breeze, you
+see him in his proper element. Horse-racing among the Indians is an
+exciting scene. The cruel custom, of urging useful and noble animals
+beyond their strength, is much the same in savage as in civilized
+life; but the scene is oftentimes more wild, strange, and picturesque
+than you can imagine.
+
+_Austin._ Ay, I remember that the Camanchees are capital riders. I was
+a Camanchee in our buffalo hunt. Brian, you have not forgotten that?
+
+_Brian._ But you had no horse to ride. I was a Sioux; and the Sioux
+are capital riders too.
+
+_Basil._ And so are the Pawnees, I was a Pawnee in the buffalo hunt.
+
+_Hunter._ It was told me that the Camanchees--and, indeed, some of
+the Pawnees also--were able, while riding a horse at full gallop, to
+lie along on one side of him, with an arm in a sling from the horse's
+neck, and one heel over the horse's back; and that, while the body was
+thus screened from an enemy, they could use their lances with effect,
+and throw their arrows with deadly aim. The Camanchees are so much on
+their horses, that they never seem at their ease except when they are
+flying across the prairie on horseback.
+
+_Austin._ It would be worth going to the prairies, if it were only to
+see the Camanchees ride.
+
+_Hunter._ Besides horse-races, the Indians have foot-races and
+canoe-races and wrestling. The Indians are also very fond of archery,
+in which, using their bows and also arrows so much as they do, it is
+no wonder they are very skilful. The game of the arrow is a very
+favourite amusement with them. It is played on the open prairie. There
+is no target set up to shoot at, as there is generally; but every
+archer sends his first arrow as high as he can into the air.
+
+_Austin._ Ay, I see! He who shoots the highest in the air is the
+winner.
+
+_Hunter._ Not exactly so. It is not he who shoots highest that is the
+victor; but he who can get the greatest number of arrows into the air
+at the same time. Picture to yourselves a hundred well-made, active
+young men, on the open prairie, each carrying a bow, with eight or ten
+arrows, in his left hand. He sends an arrow into the air with all his
+strength, and then, instantly, with a rapidity that is truly
+surprising, shoots arrow after arrow upwards, so that, before the
+first arrow has reached the ground, half a dozen others have mounted
+into the air. Often have I seen seven or eight shafts from the same
+bow in the air at once.
+
+_Austin._ Brian, we will try what we can do to-morrow; but we shall
+never have so many as seven or eight up at once.
+
+_Hunter._ The Indians are famous swimmers, and, indeed, if they were
+not, it would often go hard with them. They are taught when very young
+to make their way through the water, and though they do it usually in
+a manner different from that of white men, I hardly think many white
+men would equal them, either as to their speed, or the length of time
+they will continue in the water.
+
+_Austin._ But how do they swim, if their way is different from ours? I
+can swim a little, and I should like to learn their way, if it is the
+best.
+
+_Hunter._ I am not quite prepared to say that; for, though red men are
+more expert swimmers than white men, that may be owing to their being
+more frequently in the water. They fish a great deal in the lakes; and
+they have often to cross brooks and rivers in too much haste to allow
+them to get into a canoe. A squaw thinks but very little of plunging
+into a rolling river with a child on her back; for the women swim
+nearly or quite as well as the men.
+
+_Austin._ But you did not tell us wherein their way of swimming is
+different from ours.
+
+_Hunter._ Whites swim by striking out their legs and both arms at the
+same time, keeping their breasts straight against the water; but the
+Indian strikes out with one arm only, turning himself on his side
+every stroke, first on one side and then on the other, so that,
+instead of his broad chest breasting the water in front, he cuts
+through it sideways, finding less resistance in that way than the
+other. Much may be said in favour of both these modes. The Indian mode
+requires more activity and skill, while the other depends more on the
+strength of the arms, a point in which they far surpass the Indian,
+who has had little exercise of the arms, and consequently but
+comparatively little strength in those limbs. I always considered
+myself to be a good swimmer, but I was no match for the Indians. I
+shall not soon forget a prank that was once played me on the Knife
+River, by some of the Minatarees; it convinced me of their adroitness
+in the water.
+
+_Basil._ What was it? Did they dip your head under the water?
+
+_Hunter._ No; you shall hear. I was crossing the river in a bull-boat,
+which is nothing more than a tub, made of buffalo's skin, stretched on
+a framework of willow boughs. The tub was just large enough to hold me
+and the few things which I had with me; when suddenly a group of young
+swimmers, most of them mere children, surrounded me, and began
+playfully to turn my tub round and round in the stream. Not being
+prepared to swim, on account of my dress, I began to manifest some
+fear lest my poor tub should be overturned; but the more fearful I
+was, the better pleased were my mirthful tormentors.
+
+_Austin._ Ah! I can see it spinning round like a peg-top, in the
+middle of the river.
+
+_Brian._ And did they upset the tub?
+
+_Hunter._ No. After amusing themselves for some time at my expense,
+now and then diving under the tub, and then pulling down the edge of
+it level with the water, on receiving a few beads, or other trifles
+which I happened to have with me, they drew me and my bull-boat to the
+shore in safety. They were beautiful swimmers, and, as I told you, I
+shall not soon forget them.
+
+The dances among the Indians are very numerous; some of them are
+lively enough, while others are very grave; and, then, most of the
+tribes are fond of relating adventures.
+
+There are the buffalo dance, the bear dance, the dog dance and the
+eagle dance. And then there are the ball-play dance, the green corn
+dance, the beggars' dance, the slave dance, the snow-shoe dance, and
+the straw dance; and, besides these, there are the discovery dance,
+the brave dance, the war dance, the scalp dance, the pipe-of-peace
+dance, and many others that I do not at this moment remember.
+
+_Brian._ You must please to tell us about them all.
+
+_Austin._ But not all at once, or else we shall have too short an
+account. Suppose you tell us of two or three of them now.
+
+_Hunter._ To describe every dance at length would be tiresome, as
+many of them have the same character. It will be better to confine
+ourselves to a few of the principal dances. I have known a buffalo
+dance continue for a fortnight or longer, day and night, without
+intermission. When I was among the Mandans, every Indian had a buffalo
+mask ready to put on whenever he required it. It was composed of the
+skin of a buffalo's head, with the horns on it; a long, thin strip of
+the buffalo's hide, with the tail at the end of it, hanging down from
+the back of the mask.
+
+_Austin._ What figures they would look with their masks on! Did you
+say that they kept up the dance day and night?
+
+_Hunter._ Yes. The Mandans were strong in their village, but
+comparatively weak whenever they left it, for then they were soon in
+the neighbourhood of their powerful enemies. This being the case, when
+the buffaloes of the prairie wandered far away from them, they were at
+times half starved. The buffalo dance was to make buffaloes come back
+again to the prairies near them.
+
+_Brian._ But how could they bring them back again?
+
+_Hunter._ The buffalo dance was a kind of homage paid to the Great
+Spirit, that he might take pity on them, and send them supplies. The
+dancers assembled in the middle of the village, each wearing his mask,
+with its horns and long tail, and carrying in his hand a lance, or a
+bow and arrows. The dance began, by about a dozen of them thus
+attired, starting, hopping, jumping and creeping in all manner of
+strange, uncouth forms; singing, yelping, and making odd sounds of
+every description, while others were shaking rattles and beating drums
+with all their might; the drums, the rattles, the yelling, the
+frightful din, with the uncouth antics of the dancers, altogether
+presented such a scene, that, were you once to be present at a buffalo
+dance, you would talk of it long after, and would not forget it all
+the days of your lives.
+
+_Basil._ And do they keep that up for a fortnight?
+
+_Hunter._ Sometimes much longer, for they never give over dancing till
+the buffaloes come. Every dancer, when he is tired, (and this he makes
+known by crouching down quite low,) is shot with blunt arrows, and
+dragged away, when his place is supplied by another. While the dance
+is going on, scouts are sent out to look for buffaloes, and as soon as
+they are found, a shout of thanksgiving is raised to the Great Spirit,
+to the medicine man, and to the dancers, and preparation is made for a
+buffalo hunt. After this, a great feast takes place; all their
+sufferings from scarcity are forgotten, and they are as prodigal, and
+indeed wasteful, of their buffalo meat, as if they had never known the
+want of it.
+
+_Austin._ Well, I should like to see the buffalo dance. Could not we
+manage one on the lawn, Brian?
+
+_Brian._ But where are we to get the buffalo masks from? The buffalo
+hunt did very well, but I hardly think we could manage the dance
+Please to tell us of the bear dance.
+
+_Hunter._ I think it will be better to tell you about that, and other
+dances, the next time you visit me; for I want to read to you a short
+account, which I have here, of a poor Indian woman of the Dog-ribbed
+tribe. I have not said much of Indian women, and I want you to feel
+kindly towards them. It was Hearne, who went with a party from
+Hudson's Bay to the Northern Ocean, many years ago, who fell in with
+the poor woman.
+
+_Basil._ Oh, yes; let us hear all about her; and you can tell us of
+the dances when we come again.
+
+_Hunter._ Now, then, I will begin. One day in January, when they were
+hunting, they saw the track of a strange snow-shoe, which they
+followed, and at a considerable distance came to a little hut, where
+they discovered a young woman sitting alone. On examination, she
+proved to be one of the Dog-ribbed Indians, who had been taken
+prisoner by another tribe, in the summer of 1770; and, in the
+following summer, when the Indians that took her prisoner were near
+this place, she had escaped from them, intending to return to her own
+country. But the distance being so great, and having, after she was
+taken prisoner, been carried in a canoe the whole way, the turnings
+and windings of the rivers and lakes were so numerous that she forgot
+the track; so she built the hut in which she was found, to protect her
+from the weather during the winter, and here she had resided from the
+first setting-in of the fall.
+
+_Brian._ What, all by herself! How lonely she must have been!
+
+_Hunter._ From her account of the moons passed since her escape, it
+appeared that she had been nearly seven months without seeing a human
+face; during all which time she had supplied herself very well, by
+snaring partridges, rabbits and squirrels: she had also killed two or
+three beavers, and some porcupines. She did not seem to have been in
+want, and had a small stock of provisions by her when she was
+discovered. She was in good health and condition, and one of the
+finest of Indian women.
+
+_Austin._ I should have been afraid that other Indians would have come
+and killed her.
+
+_Hunter._ The methods practised by this poor creature to procure a
+livelihood were truly admirable, and furnish proof that necessity is
+indeed the mother of invention. When the few deer sinews, that she had
+an opportunity of taking with her, were expended, in making snares and
+sewing her clothing, she had nothing to supply their place but the
+sinews of the rabbits' legs and feet. These she twisted together for
+that purpose with great dexterity and success. The animals which she
+caught in those snares, not only furnished her with a comfortable
+subsistence, but of the skins she made a suit of neat and warm
+clothing for the winter. It is scarcely possible to conceive that a
+person in her forlorn situation could be so composed as to be capable
+of contriving and executing any thing that was not absolutely
+necessary to her existence; but there was sufficient proof that she
+had extended her care much farther, as all her clothing, besides being
+calculated for real service, showed great taste, and exhibited no
+little variety of ornament. The materials, though rude, were very
+curiously wrought, and so judiciously placed, as to make the whole of
+her garb have a very pleasant, though rather romantic appearance.
+
+_Brian._ Poor woman! I should like to have seen her in the hut of her
+own building, and the clothes of her own making.
+
+_Hunter._ Her leisure hours from hunting had been employed in twisting
+the inner rind or bark of willows into small lines, like net-twine, of
+which she had some hundred fathoms by her. With these she intended to
+make a fishing-net, as soon as the spring advanced. It is of the inner
+bark of the willows, twisted in this manner, that the Dog-ribbed
+Indians make their fishing-nets; and they are much preferable to those
+made by the Northern Indians.
+
+Five or six inches of an iron hoop, made into a knife, and the shank
+of an arrow-head of iron, which served her as an awl, were all the
+metals this poor woman had with her when she escaped; and with these
+implements she had made herself complete snow-shoes, and several other
+useful articles.
+
+_Austin._ Capital! Why, she seems able to do every thing.
+
+_Hunter._ Her method of making a fire was equally singular and
+curious, having no other materials for that purpose than two hard
+stones. These, by long friction and hard knocking, produced a few
+sparks, which at length communicated to some touch-wood. But as this
+method was attended with great trouble, and not always successful, she
+did not suffer her fire to go out all the winter.
+
+ [Illustration: Indian Canoes.]
+
+
+
+
+ [Illustration: _c_, drum. _d, d_, rattles. _e_, drum. _f_, mystery
+ whistle. _g_, deer-skin flute.]
+
+ CHAPTER XII.
+
+
+Never, sure, did young people make a more grotesque appearance, than
+did Austin, Brian, and Basil Edwards, in their attempt to get up a
+buffalo dance. Each had a mat over his shoulders, and a brown paper
+mask over his face; two wooden pegs on a string made a very
+respectable pair of horns; bows and arrows were in abundance; a toy
+rattle and drum, with the addition of an iron spoon and a wooden
+trencher, supplied them with music; and neither Mandan, Pawnee, Crow,
+Sioux, Blackfoot, nor Camanchee, could have reasonably complained of
+the want of either noise or confusion.
+
+Then, again, they were very successful in bringing buffaloes, without
+which the dance, excellent as it was, would have been but an
+unsatisfactory affair. Black Tom had been prudently shut up in the
+tool-house, and Jowler tied up to a tree hard by, so that, when it
+became expedient for buffaloes to appear, the house of Black Tom was
+opened, and Jowler was set at liberty. All things considered, the
+affair went off remarkably well.
+
+"We are come to hear of the bear dance, and the dog dance, and the
+beggars' dance, and the green corn dance," said Austin to the hunter,
+on the following day, when a visit was paid to the cottage. The
+hunter, with his accustomed kindness to the young people, lost no time
+in entering on his narrative. "You must not forget," said he, "that
+many of the dances of the Indians partake of a religious character,
+for in them reverence and adoration are freely offered. The Indians'
+worship of the Great Spirit, as I have already told you, is mingled
+with much of ignorance and superstition, whether in dances or in other
+observances; yet do they, at times, leave upon the mind of a spectator
+a deep impression of their sincerity, though this does not excuse
+their error. I have not as yet described their music, and therefore
+will do it now."
+
+_Austin._ Yes. Now for the music of the Indians, if you please, sir.
+
+_Hunter._ If you ever go among them, and mingle in their dances, you
+must not expect to have a band of music such as you have in our
+cities. Whistles, flutes, rattles and drums are almost all their
+musical instruments. You would be surprised at the music that some of
+the young Indians produce with the mystery whistle.
+
+_Austin._ Why is it called the mystery whistle?
+
+_Hunter._ I have already told you that the red man calls every thing
+mystery, or medicine, that is surprising; and as the notes of this
+whistle are particularly sweet, it may be called a mystery whistle on
+this account. There is another whistle that is very much in request
+among the Indians, and that is the war whistle. The onset and the
+retreat in battle are sounded on this instrument by the leading chief,
+who never goes on an expedition without it. It is made of bone, and
+sometimes it is formed of the leg bone of a large bird. The shrill,
+scream-like note, which is the signal for rushing on an enemy, would
+make you start.
+
+_Brian._ What sort of a drum do they use? Is it a kettle-drum?
+
+_Hunter._ No. It is merely a piece of raw hide, stretched as tight as
+it can be pulled over a hoop. Some of their drums have but one end, or
+surface, to beat upon, while others have two. What they would do in
+their dances without their drums I do not know, for you hear them
+continually. Their rattles are of different kinds, some much larger
+than others; but the principle on which they are formed is the same,
+that is, of enclosing stones of different sizes in hard, dry, raw
+hide.
+
+_Austin._ Have they no trumpets and cymbals, and clarionets and
+violins?
+
+_Hunter._ No, nothing of the kind. They have a deer-skin flute, on
+which very tolerable music is sometimes made; but, after all, it must
+be admitted that Indians are much better buffalo hunters than
+musicians.
+
+_Austin._ Ay; they are quite at home in hunting buffaloes.
+
+_Hunter._ Yes; and they are at home, too, in dancing, being extremely
+nimble of foot. Some of their dances are so hideous that you would be
+disgusted with them, while others would keep you laughing in spite of
+yourselves.
+
+_Brian._ You must please to tell us about these dances.
+
+_Hunter._ Dancing is a very favourite amusement of the Indians; though
+it is, for the most part, of a character so different from that of
+dancing in civilized life, that few people, ignorant of its meaning
+and allusions, would like it. The body is so continually in a stooping
+attitude, and the gestures and grimaces appear to be so unmeaning,
+that at first it leaves an impression that they are ridiculing the art
+of dancing, rather than entering into it in right earnest. There is
+such creeping and jumping and starting, that a spectator can make but
+little of it.
+
+_Austin._ I can fancy that I see a party joining in the buffalo dance
+now, with their masks over their faces. Please to tell us of the bear
+dance.
+
+_Hunter._ By and by. I will describe a few other dances first. The
+beggars' dance is undertaken to prevail on such of the spectators as
+abound in comforts to give alms to those who are more scantily
+provided with them. It is danced by the young men who stand high in
+the tribe. These shake their rattles, hold up their pipes and brandish
+their lances, while they dance; chanting in an odd strain, at the top
+of their voices, in praise of the Great Spirit, and imploring him to
+dispose the lookers on to give freely. The dancers are all naked, with
+the exception of a sort of kilt formed of quills and feathers; and a
+medicine man keeps on all the time beating furiously on a drum with a
+rattle, and hallooing out as loud as he can raise his voice.
+
+_Austin._ That ought to be called the begging dance, and not the
+beggars' dance; for the dancers do not beg for themselves, but for
+others.
+
+_Hunter._ You see that the object of the dance is a good one; for many
+a skin, or pouch, or pipe, or other necessary article, is given by the
+spectators to those of their tribe who need them. It is not common
+among the Indians for their aged men and mystery men to mingle in the
+dance, and yet I have seen, on especial occasions, a score of them
+jumping and capering in a way very creditable to their agility. The
+Sioux have a dance that ought to be called the doctors' dance, or the
+dance of the chiefs.
+
+_Brian._ Why, do the doctors dance in it?
+
+_Hunter._ Yes; while a medicine man beats his drum, and a party of
+young women sing, the chiefs of the tribe and the doctors make their
+appearance, splendidly attired in their costliest head-dresses,
+carrying a spear in one hand and a rattle in the other. Every movement
+is strictly regulated by the beat of the drum, and the dance by
+degrees becomes more and more spirited, until you would suppose the
+party must be exhausted: but men so much in the open air, and whose
+limbs are so little restrained by bandages and tight clothing, can
+bear a great deal of fatigue. The pipe dance is one of the most
+animated amusements.
+
+_Basil._ Oh! do tell us about the pipe dance.
+
+_Hunter._ In the ground in the centre of the village a fire is
+lighted, and a party assemble round it; every one smoking his pipe, as
+he sits on his buffalo skin, as though nothing was farther from his
+thoughts than dancing. While these are whiffing away at a distance
+from the fire, a mystery man, who sits nearer to the flame, smokes a
+longer pipe, grunting at the same time a kind of tune. Suddenly is
+heard the rub-a-dub of a drum, or the beat of some other instrument of
+the same kind; when instantly starts to his feet one of the smokers,
+hopping like a parched pea, spinning round like a top, and starting
+and jumping, at every beat of the drum, in a very violent manner. In
+this way he goes round the smokers, seemingly threatening them all,
+and at last pounces upon one of them, whom he compels to dance in the
+same manner as himself. The new dancer acts his part like the former
+one, capering and jumping round the smokers, and compelling another to
+join them. Thus the dance continues, till all of them are occupied,
+when the hopping, the jumping, the frightful postures into which they
+throw themselves, together with the grunting, growling, singing,
+hooting and hallooing, are beyond all belief. There are few dances of
+the Indians more full of wild gestures and unrestrained turbulence
+than the pipe dance.
+
+_Basil._ I hope you have a good many more dances to tell us of.
+
+_Hunter._ The green corn dance of the Minatarees must be described to
+you. Among Indian tribes, green corn is a great luxury, and the time
+when it ripens is a time of rejoicing. Dances and songs of
+thanksgiving are abundant; and the people give way not only to
+feasting, but also to gluttony; so that often, by abusing the
+abundance in their possession, they bring upon themselves the miseries
+of want. The Indians have very little fore-thought. To enjoy the
+present, and to trust the future to the Great Spirit, is their
+constant practice.
+
+_Austin._ How long does the green corn dance last?
+
+_Hunter._ For eight or ten days, during which time there is the most
+unbounded prodigality. Among many of the tribes, the black drink, a
+very powerful medicine, is taken two or three days before the feast,
+that the green corn may be eaten with a sharp appetite and an empty
+stomach.
+
+_Brian._ In what way does the green corn dance begin?
+
+_Hunter._ As soon as the corn is in a proper state--and this is
+decided by the mystery men--runners are despatched through the
+village, that all may assemble on the following day to the dance and
+the feast. Sufficient corn for the required purpose is gathered by the
+women, who have the fields under their care, and a fire is made, over
+which a kettle, with green corn in it, is kept boiling; while medicine
+men, whose bodies are strangely painted, or bedaubed with clay of a
+white colour, dance round it in very uncouth attitudes, with
+corn-stalks in their hands.
+
+_Austin._ I dare say, while the pot is boiling, they are all longing
+to begin the feast.
+
+_Hunter._ The first kettle-full is not for themselves, it is an
+offering to the Great Spirit. There are many customs among the Indians
+which cannot but bring the Jews to our remembrance; and this offering
+of the first green corn does so very forcibly. The medicine men round
+the fire shake their rattles, hold up their corn-stalks, and sing
+loudly a song of thanksgiving, till the corn is sufficiently boiled;
+it is then put upon the fire and consumed to a cinder. Before this
+offering is made, none of the Indians would dare to taste of the
+luxurious fare; but, afterwards, their appetite is unrestrained.
+
+_Austin._ Then they begin to boil more corn, I suppose.
+
+_Hunter._ A fresh fire is made, a fresh kettle of corn is prepared,
+and the dance goes on; the medicine men keeping close to the fire, and
+the others capering and shouting in a larger circle, their energy
+increasing as the feast approaches nearer and nearer. The chiefs and
+medicine men then sit down to the feast, followed by the whole tribe,
+keeping up their festivity day after day, till the corn-field has
+little more grain remaining in it than what is necessary for seed. You
+have heard the saying, "Wilful waste brings woful want." The truth of
+this saying is often set forth, as well in civilized life as among the
+Indians.
+
+_Basil._ I wonder what dance will come next.
+
+_Hunter._ I need not describe many others. If I run rapidly through
+two or three, and dwell a little on the bear dance and the war dance,
+you will then have heard quite enough about dances. The scalp dance is
+in use among the Sioux or Dahcotas. It is rather a fearful exhibition;
+for women, in the centre of a circle, hold up and wave about the
+scalps which have been torn from the slaughtered foes of the tribe,
+while the warriors draw around them in the most furious attitudes,
+brandishing their war-clubs, uttering the most hideous howls and
+screams. The Indians have many good qualities, but cruelty seems to
+mingle with their very nature. Every thing is done among them that can
+be done, to keep alive the desire to shed blood. The noblest act a red
+man can perform, and that which he thinks the most useful to his tribe
+and the most acceptable to the Great Spirit, is to destroy an enemy,
+and to bear away his scalp as a trophy of his valour. If it were only
+for this one trait in the Indian character, even this would be
+sufficient to convince every humane person, and especially every
+Christian, of the duty and great advantage of spreading among them the
+merciful principles of Christianity. A holy influence is necessary to
+teach the untutored red man to forgive his enemies, to subdue his
+anger, to abate his pride, and to stay his hand in shedding human
+blood. The new commandment must be put in his heart: "That ye love one
+another." The Mandan boys used to join in a sham scalp dance, in which
+they conducted themselves just like warriors returning from a
+victorious enterprise against their enemies.
+
+_Basil._ They are all sadly fond of fighting.
+
+_Hunter._ In the brave dance, of the Ojibbeways, there is plenty of
+swaggering: the dancers seem as if they knew not how to be proud
+enough of their warlike exploits. The eagle dance, among the Choctaws,
+is an elegant amusement; and the snow-shoe dance, of the Ojibbeways,
+is a very amusing one.
+
+_Brian._ Please to tell us about them both.
+
+_Hunter._ I must not stay to describe them particularly: it will be
+enough to say, that, in the one, the dancers are painted white, and
+that they move about waving in their hands the tail of the eagle; in
+the other--which is performed on the first fall of snow, in honour of
+the Great Spirit--the dancers wear snow-shoes, which, projecting far
+before and behind their feet, give them in the dance a most strange
+and laughable appearance.
+
+_Brian._ I should very much like to see that dance; there is nothing
+cruel in it at all.
+
+_Basil._ And I should like to see the eagle dance, for there is no
+cruelty in that either.
+
+_Hunter._ The straw dance is a Sioux dance of a very curious
+description. Loose straws are tied to the bodies of naked children;
+these straws are then set on fire, and the children are required to
+dance, without uttering any expression of pain. This practice is
+intended to make them hardy, that they may become the better warriors.
+
+_Basil._ That is one of the strangest dances of all.
+
+_Hunter._ I will now say a little about the bear dance, and the war
+dance. The bear dance is performed by the Sioux before they set off on
+a bear-hunt. If the bear dance were left unperformed, they would
+hardly hope for success. The Bear spirit, if this honour were not paid
+to him, would be offended, and would give them no success in the
+chase.
+
+_Austin._ What! do the Sioux think there is a Bear spirit?
+
+ [Illustration: Bear Dance.]
+
+_Hunter._ Yes. The number of spirits of one kind or another, believed
+in by the Indians, is very great. In the bear dance, the principal
+performer has a bear-skin over him, the head of it hanging over his
+head, and the paws over his hands. Others have masks of bears' faces;
+and all of them, throughout the dance, imitate the actions of a bear.
+They stoop down, they dangle their hands, and make frightful noises,
+beside singing to the Bear spirit. If you can imagine twenty bears
+dancing to the music of the rattle, whistle, and drum, making odd
+gambols, and yelling out the most frightful noises, you will have some
+notion of the bear dance.
+
+_Brian._ Now for the war dance: that is come at last.
+
+_Hunter._ It is hardly possible to conceive a more exciting spectacle
+than that of the war dance among the Sioux. It exhibits Indian manners
+on the approach of war. As, among civilized people, soldiers are
+raised either by recruiting or other means; so, among the Indians,
+something like recruiting prevails. The red pipe is sent through the
+tribe, and every one who draws a whiff up the stem thereby declares he
+is willing to join the war party. The warriors then assemble together,
+painted with vermilion and other colours, and dressed in their war
+clothes, with their weapons and their war-eagle head-dresses.
+
+_Austin._ What a sight that must be!
+
+_Hunter._ When the mystery man has stuck up a red post in the ground,
+and begun to beat his drum, the warriors advance, one after another,
+brandishing their war-clubs, and striking the red post a violent blow,
+while the mystery man sings their death-song. When the warriors have
+struck the post, they blacken their faces, and all set to dancing
+around it. The shrill war-whoop is screamed aloud, and frantic
+gestures and frightful yells show, but too plainly, that there will be
+very little mercy extended to the enemy that falls into their hands.
+
+_Brian._ That war dance would make me tremble.
+
+_Hunter._ The Mandan boys used to assemble at the back of their
+village, every morning, as soon as the sun was in the skies, to
+practise sham fighting. Under the guidance and direction of their
+ablest and most courageous braves and warriors, they were instructed
+in all the mysteries of war. The preparations, the ambush, the
+surprise, the combat and the retreat, were made familiar to them. Thus
+were they bred up from their youth to delight in warfare, and to long
+for opportunities of using their tomahawks and scalping-knives against
+their foes.
+
+When you next come to see me, I will give you an account of the cruel
+customs of the mystery lodge of the Mandans; with the hope that it
+will increase your abhorrence of cruelty and bloodshed, render you
+more than ever thankful for the blessings of peace, and more anxious
+to extend them all over the earth. The hardest of all lessons now, to
+a red man, is, as I have before intimated, to forgive his enemies; but
+when, through Divine mercy, his knowledge is extended, and his heart
+opened to receive the truths of the gospel, he will be enabled to
+understand, to love, and to practise the injunction of the Saviour,
+"Love your enemies, bless them that curse you, do good to them that
+hate you, and pray for them which despitefully use you, and persecute
+you."
+
+
+
+
+ [Illustration: Interior of a Mystery Lodge.]
+
+ CHAPTER XIII.
+
+
+It was well for Austin Edwards and his brothers, that their
+acquaintance with their friend the hunter commenced during one of
+their holidays, so that they were enabled to pay him a visit more
+frequently than they otherwise could have done. The life led by the
+hunter would have been far too solitary for most people; but his long
+wanderings in the extended prairies, and his long sojournings in
+places remote from society, had rendered the quiet tranquillity of
+country scenes pleasant to him: yet, still, as variety has its charms,
+it afforded him a pleasant change, whenever the three brothers visited
+him.
+
+In his younger days, he had entered on the life of a hunter and
+trapper with much ardour. To pursue the buffalo (or, more properly
+speaking, the bison) of the prairie, the deer, and other animals, and
+to mingle with the different tribes of Indians, was his delight. With
+wild animals and wild men he became familiar, and even the very
+dangers that beset his path gave an interest to his pursuits: but his
+youth was gone, his manhood was declining, and the world that he once
+looked upon as an abiding dwelling-place, he now regarded as the
+pathway to a better home.
+
+Time was, when to urge the arrow or the spear into the heart of the
+flying prey for mere diversion, and to join in the wild war-whoop of
+contending tribes, was congenial to his spirit; but his mind had been
+sobered, so that now to practise forbearance and kindness was far more
+pleasant than to indulge in cruelty and revenge. He looked on mankind
+as one great family, which ought to dwell in brotherly love; and he
+regarded the animal creation as given by a heavenly Hand, for the use,
+and not the abuse, of man.
+
+In relating the scenes in which he had mingled in earlier years, he
+was aware that he could not avoid calling up, in some measure, in the
+youthful hearts of his auditors, the natural desire to see what was
+new and strange and wonderful, without reflecting a moment on the good
+or the evil of the thing set before them: but he endeavoured to blend
+with his descriptions such remarks as would lead them to love what was
+right and to hate what was wrong. Regarding the Indian tribes as an
+injured people, he sought to set before his young friends the wrongs
+and oppressions practised on the red man; that they might sympathize
+with his trials, and feel interested for his welfare.
+
+The few words that had dropped from his lips, about the ordeal through
+which the Indians pass before they are allowed to join war-parties,
+had awakened Austin's curiosity. Nor was it long before, seated with
+his brothers in the cottage, he was listening to the whole account.
+"Please to begin at the very beginning," said he, "and I shall not
+lose a single word."
+
+_Hunter._ The Sioux, the Crows, the Sacs, the Ojibbeways, the
+Camanchees, and the Chippewas, all exhibit astonishing proofs of
+patience and endurance under pain; but in none of the tribes has ever
+such torture been inflicted, or such courage witnessed, in enduring
+torment, as among the Mandans.
+
+_Brian._ Now we shall hear.
+
+_Hunter._ The Mandans, who, as I have already told you, lived, when I
+was a hunter, on the Upper Missouri, held a mystery lodge every year;
+and this was indeed a very solemn gathering of the tribe. I was never
+present in the lodge on this occasion, but will give you the
+description of an eye-witness.
+
+_Basil._ Why did they get together? What did they do?
+
+_Hunter._ You shall hear. The mystery lodge, or it may be called the
+religious meeting, was held, first, to appease the wrath and secure
+the protection of the good and the evil spirits; secondly, to
+celebrate the great flood, which they believed took place a long time
+ago; thirdly, to perform the buffalo dance, to bring buffaloes; and,
+fourthly, to try the strength, courage and endurance of their young
+men, that they might know who were the most worthy among them, and the
+most to be relied on in war-parties.
+
+_Austin._ How came the Mandans to know any thing about the flood, if
+they have no Bibles?
+
+_Hunter._ That I cannot tell. Certain it is, that they had a large,
+high tub, called the Great Canoe, in the centre of their village, set
+up in commemoration of the flood; and that they held the mystery lodge
+when the willow leaves were in their prime under the river bank,
+because, they said, a bird had brought a willow bough in full leaf to
+the Great Canoe in the flood.
+
+_Austin._ Why, it is just as if they had read the Bible.
+
+_Hunter._ The fact of the deluge (however they came by it) had
+undoubtedly been handed down among them by tradition for many
+generations: but I must go on with my account of the Mandan gathering.
+The mystery lodge was opened by a strange-looking man, whom no one
+seemed to know, and who came from the prairie. This odd man called for
+some edge-tool at every wigwam in the village; and all these tools, at
+the end of the ceremonies, were cast into the river from a high bank;
+as an offering, I suppose, to the Water spirit. After opening the
+mystery lodge, and appointing a medicine man to preside, he once more
+disappeared on the prairie.
+
+_Brian._ What an odd thing!
+
+_Hunter._ Twenty or thirty young men were in the lodge, candidates for
+reputation among the tribe, who had presented themselves to undergo
+the prescribed tortures. As they reclined in the lodge, every one had
+hung up over his head, his shield, his bow and quiver, and his
+medicine bag. The young men were painted different colours. The old
+mystery man appointed to superintend the ceremonies sat by a fire in
+the middle of the lodge, smoking leisurely with his medicine pipe, in
+honour of the Great Spirit; and there he sat for four days, and as
+many nights, during which the young men neither tasted food nor drink,
+nor were they allowed to close their eyes.
+
+_Basil._ It was enough to kill them all.
+
+_Hunter._ On the floor of the lodge were buffalo and human skulls, and
+sacks filled with water, shaped like tortoises, with sticks by them.
+During each of the four days, the buffalo dance was performed over and
+over again, by Indians, painted, and wearing over them whole buffalo
+skins, with tails and hoofs and horns; while in their hands they
+carried rattles, and long, thin, white wands, and bore on their backs
+bundles of green boughs of the willow. Some of the dancers were
+painted red, to represent the day; and others black, with stars, to
+resemble the night. During these dances, which took place round the
+Great Canoe, the tops of the wigwams were crowded with people.
+
+_Austin._ I want to hear about the young Indians in the lodge, and
+that old fellow, the mystery man.
+
+_Hunter._ The superstitious and cruel practices of the mystery lodge
+are too fearful to dwell upon. I shall only just glance at them, that
+you may know, in some degree, the kind of trials the young Indians
+have to endure. While the dances were going on, mystery men, inside
+the lodge, were beating on the water sacks with sticks, and animating
+the young men to act courageously, telling them that the Great Spirit
+was sure to support them. Splints, or wooden skewers, were then run
+through the flesh on the back and breasts of the young warriors, and
+they were hoisted up, with cords fastened to the splints, towards the
+top of the lodge. Not a muscle of their features expressed fear or
+pain.
+
+_Basil._ Shocking! shocking!
+
+_Brian._ That must be horrible!
+
+_Hunter._ After this, other splints were run through their arms,
+thighs and legs; and on these were hung their shields, arms and
+medicine bags. In this situation they were taunted, and turned round
+with poles till they fainted; and when, on being let down again, they
+recovered, those who had superior hardihood would crawl to the buffalo
+skull in the centre of the lodge, and lay upon it the little finger of
+their left hand to be chopped off; and even the loss of a second or
+third finger is counted evidence of superior boldness and devotion.
+After this, they were hurried along between strong and fleet runners:
+this was called "the last race," round and round the Great Canoe, till
+the weight of their arms having pulled the splints from their bodies,
+they once more fainted, and in this state, apparently dead, they were
+left to themselves, to live or die, as the Great Spirit might
+determine.
+
+_Austin._ I should think that hardly any of them would ever come to
+life again.
+
+_Hunter._ Nor would they, under common circumstances; but, when we
+consider that these young men had fasted for four days, and lost much
+blood in their tortures, there was not much danger of inflammation
+from their wounds, and their naturally strong constitutions enabled
+them to recover. All these tortures were willingly undertaken; nor
+would any one of those who endured them, on any account whatever, have
+evaded them. To propitiate the Great Spirit, and to stand well in the
+estimation of his own tribe, are the two highest objects in the mind
+of an Indian.
+
+ * * * * *
+
+The day after that on which Austin and his brothers heard from the
+hunter the account of the mystery lodge, and the sufferings of the
+young Mandans before they were thought equal to engage in a war-party,
+two or three little accidents occurred. In the first place, Austin, in
+making a new bow, cut a deep gash in his finger: and, in the next,
+Brian and Basil, in scrambling among the hedges in quest of straight
+twigs for arrows, met with their mishaps; for Brian got a thorn in his
+thumb, while Basil had a roll down the bank into a dry ditch.
+
+It is always a good sign in young people, when they put into practice
+any real or supposed good quality of which they hear or read. The
+patience and endurance of the young Mandans had called forth high
+commendations from Austin, and it was evident, in the affair of the
+cut finger, that he made a struggle, and a successful one too, in
+controlling his feelings. With an air of resolution, he wrapped the
+end of his pocket handkerchief tightly round the wound, and passed off
+the occurrence as a matter of no moment. Not a word escaped little
+Basil when he rolled into the ditch; nor did Brian utter a single
+"oh!" when the thorn was extracted from his thumb.
+
+ [Illustration: A War-Party.]
+
+"You may depend upon it," said Austin, after some conversation with
+Brian and Basil, on the subject of the young Mandans, "that the next
+time we see the hunter, we shall hear something about the way in which
+red men go to war. The sham fight, and the preparation of the young
+warriors, will be followed by some account of their battles." In this
+supposition he was quite correct; for, when they next visited the
+cottage, the hunter proposed to speak a little about councils and
+encampments and alarms and surprises and attacks. The conversation was
+carried on in the following manner.
+
+_Austin._ How do the Indians poison their arrows?
+
+_Hunter._ By dipping the point of the arrow-head into the poison
+prepared. The head of the arrow, as I told you, is put on very
+slightly, so that it remains in the wound when the arrow is withdrawn.
+
+_Brian._ Where do they get their poison? What is it made of?
+
+_Hunter._ No doubt there is some difference in the manner of preparing
+poison among the different tribes. But, usually, it is, I believe,
+composed of deadly vegetable substances, slowly boiled together,
+sometimes mingled with the mortal poison of snakes and ants. This is
+prepared with great care. Its strength is usually tried on a lizard,
+or some other cold-blooded, slow-dying animal. It is rapid in its
+effects; for, if a fowl be wounded with a poisoned weapon, it dies in
+a few minutes; a cat dies in five minutes; a bison, in five or six;
+and a horse, in ten. Jaguars and deer live but a short time after they
+are thus wounded. If, then, horses and bisons are so soon destroyed by
+the poison, no wonder that men should be unable to endure its fatal
+effects.
+
+Before war is determined on among the Indians, a council is held with
+great solemnity. The chiefs, and braves, and medicine men are
+assembled. Then the enlisting takes place, which I have already
+described; the war dance is engaged in, and weapons are examined and
+repaired. The chief, arrayed in full dress, leads on his band. They
+march with silence and rapidity, and encamp with great caution,
+appointing sentinels in every necessary direction. Thus, lurking,
+skulking and marching, they reach the place of their destination.
+Another war council is held, to decide on the mode of attack; and
+then, with rifles, war-clubs, scalping-knives and bows and poisoned
+arrows, they fall upon their unsuspecting foes.
+
+_Brian._ It is very sad to fight with such weapons as poisoned arrows.
+
+_Hunter._ It is sad to fight with any kind of weapons; but, when once
+anger enters the heart, and the desire to shed blood is called forth,
+no mode is thought too cruel that will assist in obtaining a victory.
+The continual warfare that is carried on between Indian tribes must be
+afflictive to every humane and Christian spirit. None but the God of
+peace can destroy the love of war in the hearts of either red or white
+men.
+
+Indians fight in a way very different from civilized people; for they
+depend more on cunning, stratagem and surprise, than on skill and
+courage. Almost all their attacks are made under cover of night, or
+when least expected. A war-party will frequently go a great distance,
+to fall upon a village or an encampment on a quarter most accessible.
+To effect their object, they will hide for any length of time in the
+forest, sleep in the long grass, lurk in the ravine, and skulk at
+nightfall around the place to be attacked.
+
+_Austin._ Did you ever go out with the Indians to fight?
+
+_Hunter._ Yes. For some time I was treated very hospitably among the
+Crows, near the Rocky Mountains; and as they had determined to go on
+one of their war-parties, which I could not prevent, I resolved to go
+along with them, to watch their way of proceeding.
+
+_Austin._ Do tell us all about it.
+
+_Hunter._ It was a thoughtless and foolish affair, when I was young
+and rash; but I wished to be a spectator of all their customs. It was,
+as I said, one of those foolish undertakings into which the ardour of
+my disposition led me, and for which I was very near paying the price
+of my life. A council was held, wherein it was decided to send a
+strong war-party on foot to surprise a Blackfoot village. Every
+stratagem had been used to lull the enemy into security.
+
+_Brian._ Ay; that is just like the Indians.
+
+_Hunter._ The red pipe was sent through the tribe, for the warriors to
+smoke with it, much after the manner of the Sioux; the red post was
+struck, and the braves and attendants painted their faces. When the
+plan of attack was agreed on, every warrior looked to his weapons;
+neither bow nor arrow, war-club nor scalping-knife, was left
+unexamined. There was an earnestness in their preparation, as though
+they were all animated with one spirit.
+
+It was some time after sundown, that we left the village at a quick
+pace. Runners were sent out in all directions, to give notice of an
+enemy. We hastened along a deep valley, rounded the base of a bluff,
+and entered the skirt of a forest, following each other in files
+beneath the shadowy branches. We then passed through some deep grass,
+and stole silently along several defiles and ravines. The nearer we
+drew to the Blackfoot village, the more silently and stealthily we
+proceeded. Like the panther, creeping with noiseless feet on his prey,
+we stole along the intricate pathways of the prairie bottoms, the
+forest, the skirt of the river and the hills and bluffs. At last we
+made a halt, just as the moon emerged from behind a cloud.
+
+_Austin._ Then there was terrible work, I dare say.
+
+_Hunter._ It was past midnight, and the Blackfoot village was wrapped
+in slumber. The Crow warriors dispersed themselves to attack the
+village at the same instant from different quarters. The leader had on
+his full dress, his medicine bag, and his head-dress of war-eagle
+plumes. All was hushed in silence, nearly equal to that of the grave;
+when suddenly the shrill war-whistle of the Crow chief rung through
+the Blackfoot lodges, and the wild war-whoop burst at once from a
+hundred throats. The chief was in the thickest of the fight. There was
+no pity for youth or age; the war-club spared not, and the tomahawk
+was merciless. Yelling like fiends, the Crow warriors fled from hut to
+hut, from victim to victim. Neither women nor children were spared.
+
+_Brian._ Dreadful! dreadful!
+
+_Hunter._ Though taken thus by surprise, the Blackfoot braves, in a
+little time, began to collect together, clutching their weapons
+firmly, and rushing on their enemies, determined to avenge their
+slaughtered friends. The panic into which they had been thrown
+subsided, and, like men accustomed to danger, they stood not only in
+self-defence, but attacked their foes with fury.
+
+_Austin._ I wonder that every one in the Blackfoot village was not
+killed!
+
+_Hunter._ In civilized life, this would very likely have been the
+case; but in a savage state, men from their childhood are trained up
+to peril. They may lie down to slumber on their couches of skins, but
+their weapons are near at hand; and though it be the midnight hour
+when an attack is made on them, and though, awakened by the confusion,
+they hear nothing but the war-cry of their enemy, they spring to their
+feet, seize their arms, and rush on to meet their foes. It was thus
+with the Blackfoot braves. Hand to hand, and foot to foot, they met
+their assailants; brave was opposed to brave; and the horrid clash of
+the war-club and the murderous death-grapple succeeded each other.
+Even if I could describe the horrors of such a scene, it would not be
+right to do so. As I was gazing on the conflict, I suddenly received a
+blow that struck me bleeding to the ground. You may see the scar on my
+temple still. The confusion was at its height, or else my scalp would
+have been taken.
+
+_Brian._ How did you get away?
+
+_Hunter._ Stunned as I was, I recovered my senses before a retreat
+took place, and was just able to effect my escape. The Crows
+slaughtered many of their enemies; but the Blackfoot warriors and
+braves were at last too strong for them. Then was heard the shrill
+whistle that sounded a retreat. With a dozen scalps in their
+possession, the Crows sought the shelter of the forest, and afterwards
+regained their own village.
+
+_Austin._ Are the Crow tribe or the Blackfoot tribe the strongest?
+
+_Hunter._ The Crow Indians, as I told you, are taller and more elegant
+men than the Blackfeet; but the latter have broader chests and
+shoulders. The Blackfeet, some think, take their name from the
+circumstance of their wearing black, or very dark brown leggings and
+mocassins. Whether, as a people, the Crows or the Blackfeet are the
+strongest, there is a diversity of opinion. The Blackfeet are almost
+always at war with the Crows.
+
+_Austin._ What battling there must be among them!
+
+_Hunter._ Their war-parties are very numerous, and their encampments
+are very large: and, whether seen in the day, in the midst of their
+lodges; or at night, wrapped in their robes, with their arms in their
+hands, ready to leap up if attacked by an enemy; they form a striking
+spectacle. Sometimes, in a night encampment, a false alarm takes
+place. A prowling bear, or a stray horse, is taken for a foe; and
+sometimes a real alarm is occasioned by spies crawling on their hands
+and knees up to their very encampment to ascertain their strength. On
+these occasions the shrill whistle is heard, every man springs up
+armed and rushes forth, ready to resist his assailing enemy. I have
+seen war-parties among the Crows and Blackfeet, the Mandans and Sioux,
+the Shawanees, Poncas, Pawnees and Seminoles. But a Camanchee
+war-party, mounted on wild horses, with their shields, bows and
+lances, which I once witnessed, was the most imposing spectacle of the
+kind I ever saw. The chief was mounted on a beautiful war-horse, wild
+as the winds, and yet he appeared to manage him with ease. He was in
+full dress, and seemed to have as much fire in his disposition as the
+chafed animal on which he rode. In his bridle-hand, he clutched his
+bow and several arrows; with his other hand, he wielded his long
+lance; while his quiver and shield were slung at his back, and his
+rifle across his thigh.
+
+_Austin._ I think I can see him. But what colour was his war-horse?
+
+_Hunter._ Black as a raven; but the white foam lay in thick flakes on
+his neck and breast, for his rider at every few paces stuck the sharp
+rowels of his Spanish spurs into his sides. He had a long flowing mane
+and tail, and his full and fiery eyes seemed ready to start out of his
+head. The whole Camanchee band was ready to rush into any danger. At
+one time, they were flying over the prairie in single file; and at
+another, drawn up all abreast of each other. The Camanchees and the
+Osages used to have cruel battles one with another. The Mandans and
+the Riccarees, too, were relentless enemies.
+
+_Brian._ And the Sacs and Foxes were great fighters, for Black Hawk
+was a famous fellow.
+
+_Hunter._ Yes, he was. But I have never told you, I believe, how the
+medicine man, or mystery man, conducts himself when called unto a
+wounded warrior.
+
+_Austin._ Not a word of it. Please to tell us every particular.
+
+_Hunter._ In some cases cures are certainly performed; in others, the
+wounded get well of themselves: but, in most instances, the mystery
+man is a mere juggler.
+
+_Basil._ Now we shall hear of the mystery man.
+
+_Hunter._ The Crow war-party that I had joined brought away two of
+their wounded warriors when they retreated from the Blackfoot village,
+but there seemed to be no hope of saving their lives. However, a
+mystery man was called on to use his skill.
+
+_Austin._ Ay; I want to know how the mystery man cures his patients.
+
+_Hunter._ If ever you should require a doctor, I hope you will have
+one more skilful than the mystery man that I am going to describe. The
+wounded warriors were in extremity, and I thought that one of them was
+dying before the mystery man made his appearance; but you shall hear.
+The wounded men lay groaning on the ground, with Indians around them,
+who kept moaning even louder than they did; when, all at once, a
+scuffle of feet and a noise like that of a low rattle were heard.
+
+_Austin._ The mystery man was coming, I suppose.
+
+_Hunter._ He was; and a death-like silence was instantly preserved by
+all the attendant Indians. In came the mystery man, covered over with
+the shaggy hide of a yellow bear, so that, had it not been that his
+mocassins, leggings and hands were visible, you might have supposed a
+real bear was walking upright, with a spear in one paw, and a rattle,
+formed like a tambourine, in the other.
+
+_Basil._ He could never cure the dying man with his tambourine.
+
+_Hunter._ From the yellow bear-skin hung a profusion of smaller skins,
+such as those of different kinds of snakes, toads, frogs and bats;
+with hoofs of animals, beaks and tails of birds, and scraps and
+fragments of other things; a complete bundle of odds and ends. The
+medicine man came into the circle, bending his knees, crouching,
+sliding one foot after the other along the ground, and now and then
+leaping and grunting. You could not see his face, for the yellow
+bear-head skin covered it, and the paws dangled before him. He
+shuffled round and round the wounded men, shaking his rattle and
+making all kinds of odd noises; he then stopped to turn them over.
+
+_Austin._ He had need of all his medicine.
+
+_Hunter._ Hardly had he been present a minute, before one of the men
+died; and, in ten minutes more, his companion breathed his last. The
+medicine man turned them over, shook his rattle over them, howled,
+groaned and grunted; but it would not do; the men were dead, and all
+his mummery would not bring them back to life again; so, after a few
+antics of various kinds, he shuffled off with himself, shaking his
+rattle, and howling and groaning louder than ever. You may remember,
+that I told you of the death of Oseola, the Seminole chief: he who
+struck his dagger through the treaty that was to sign away the
+hunting-grounds of his tribe, in exchange for distant lands.
+
+_Austin._ Yes. You said that he dashed his dagger not only through the
+contract, but also through the table on which it lay.
+
+_Brian._ And you told us that he was taken prisoner by treachery and
+died in captivity.
+
+_Hunter._ Now I will tell you the particulars of his death; for I only
+said before, that he died pillowed on the faithful bosom of his wife.
+He had his two wives with him when he died, but one was his favourite.
+
+_Austin._ Please to let us know every thing about him. It was at Fort
+Moultrie in Charleston, South Carolina.
+
+_Hunter._ Finding himself at the point of death, he made signs that
+the chiefs and officers might be assembled, and his wishes were
+immediately complied with. The next thing he desired was, that his
+war-dress, that dress in which he had so often led his tribe to
+victory, might be brought to him. His wife waited obediently upon him,
+and his war-dress was placed before him.
+
+_Basil._ What could he want of his war-dress when he was going to die?
+
+_Austin._ Wait a little, Basil, and you will hear all about it, I dare
+say.
+
+_Hunter._ It was an affecting sight, to see him get up from his bed on
+the floor, once more to dress himself as a chief of his tribe, just as
+if he was about to head an expedition against the whites. Well, he put
+on his rich mocassins, his leggings adorned with scalp-locks, his
+shirt and his ornamental belt of war. Nor did he forget the pouch that
+carried his bullets, the horn that held his powder; nor the knife with
+which he had taken so many scalps.
+
+_Brian._ How very strange for a dying man to dress himself in that
+way!
+
+_Hunter._ In all this, he was as calm and as steady as though about to
+hunt in the woods with his tribe. He then made signs, while sitting up
+in his bed, that his red paint should be given him, and his
+looking-glass held up, that he might paint his face.
+
+_Austin._ And did he paint his face himself?
+
+_Hunter._ Only one half of it; after which his throat, neck, wrists
+and the backs of his hands were made as red as vermilion would make
+them. The very handle of his knife was coloured over in the same way.
+
+_Basil._ What did he paint his hands and his knife-handle for?
+
+_Hunter._ Because it was the custom of his tribe, and of his fathers
+before him, to paint themselves and their weapons red, whenever they
+took an oath of destruction to their enemies. Oseola did it, no doubt,
+that he might die like a chief of his tribe; that he might show those
+around him, that, even in death, he did not forget that he was a
+Seminole warrior. In that awful hour, he put on his splendid turban
+with its three ostrich feathers, and then, being wearied with the
+effort he had made, he lay down to recover his strength.
+
+_Austin._ How weak he must have been!
+
+_Hunter._ In a short time he rose again, sitting in his full dress
+like the leader of a warlike tribe, and calmly and smilingly extended
+his hand to the chiefs and officers, to his wives and his children.
+But this, his last effort, exhausted his remaining strength. He was
+lowered down on the bed, calmly drew his scalping-knife from its
+sheath under his war-belt, where it had been placed, and grasped it
+with firmness and dignity. With his hands crossed on his manly breast,
+and with a smile on his face, he breathed his last. Thus passed away
+the spirit of Oseola.
+
+_Austin._ Poor Oseola! He died like a chief, at last.
+
+_Hunter._ He did, but not like a Christian, and, very likely, when he
+grasped his scalping-knife, before his last breath forsook him, some
+glowing vision of successful combat was before him. In the pride of
+his heart, perhaps, he was leading on his braves to mingle in the
+clash of battle and the death-grapple with his enemies. But is this a
+fit state of mind for a man to die in? Much as we may admire the
+steady firmness and unsubdued courage of an Indian warrior in death,
+emotions of pride and high-mindedness, and thoughts of bloodshed and
+victory, are as far removed as possible from the principles of
+Christianity, and most unsuitable to a dying hour. Humility,
+forgiveness, repentance, hope, faith, peace and joy, are needed at
+such a season; and the time will come, we trust, when Indians, taught
+better by the gospel, will think and feel so.
+
+ [Illustration]
+
+
+
+
+ [Illustration: Mounted Chief.]
+
+ CHAPTER XIV.
+
+
+The holidays of the three brothers were drawing to a close; and this
+circumstance rendered them the more anxious to secure one or two more
+visits to the cottage, before they settled down in right earnest to
+their books. Brian and Basil talked much about the poisoned arrows,
+and the mystery man; but Austin's mind was too much occupied with the
+Camanchee chief on his black war-horse, and the death of the Seminole
+chief Oseola, to think much of any thing else. He thought there was
+something very noble in the valour of a chief leading on his tribe to
+conquest; and something almost sublime in a warrior dressing himself
+up in his war-robes to die. Like many other young people of ardent
+dispositions, he seemed to forget, that when a victory is enjoyed, a
+defeat must be endured; and that before any one can rejoice in taking
+a scalp, some one must be rendered miserable or lifeless by losing it.
+The remarks of the hunter, respecting the inconsistency of such
+customs with the peaceful principles of religion, especially the
+solemnities of a dying hour, had not been made altogether in vain; yet
+still he dwelt on the image of Oseola grasping his scalping-knife,
+crossing his hands over his breast, and dying with a smile on his
+countenance.
+
+On their next walk to the cottage, the way was beguiled by
+endeavouring to call to mind all that had been told them on their last
+visit; and, to do him justice, he acquitted himself uncommonly well.
+It is true, that now and then his brothers refreshed his memory on
+some points which had escaped him; but, on the whole, his account was
+full, connected, and clear.
+
+"And what must I tell you now?" said the hunter, as soon as he and the
+young people had exchanged salutations. "Do you not know enough about
+the Indians?"
+
+To this inquiry, Brian replied that what they had heard had only
+increased their curiosity to hear more.
+
+"Well; let me consider," said the hunter. "I have told you about the
+different tribes of Indians, their religion, languages, manners and
+customs; their villages, wigwams, food, dress, arms and musical
+instruments. I have described to you the fur trade; and dwelt on the
+scenery of the country, the mountains, rivers, lakes, prairies and
+many remarkable places. I have related the adventures of Black Hawk
+and Nikkanochee. And, besides these things, you have had a tolerably
+full account of buffaloes, bears, wild horses, wolves, deer and other
+animals, with the manner of hunting them; as well as a relation of
+Indian amusements, dances, sham fights, war-parties, encampments,
+alarms, attacks, scalping and retreats. Let me now, then, dwell a
+little on the Indian way of concluding a treaty of peace, and on a few
+other matters; after which, I will conclude with the best account I
+can give you of what the missionaries have done among the different
+tribes."
+
+_Austin._ I shall be very sorry when you have told us all.
+
+_Brian._ And so shall I: for it is so pleasing to come here, and
+listen to what you tell us.
+
+_Hunter._ When it is agreed between hostile tribes that a treaty of
+peace shall be made, the chiefs and medicine men of the adverse tribes
+meet together, and the calumet, or peace-pipe, ornamented with eagle
+quills, being produced, every one smokes a few whiffs through it. It
+is then understood by them that the tomahawk is to be buried. The
+pipe-of-peace dance is then performed by the warriors, to the beat of
+the Indian drum and rattle, every warrior holding his pipe in his
+hand.
+
+_Brian._ That pipe-of-peace dance is a capital dance, for then
+bloodshed is at an end.
+
+_Hunter._ Unfortunately, war is apt soon to break out again, and then
+the buried tomahawk becomes as busy as ever.
+
+_Austin._ Well, I do like the Indians, in spite of all their faults,
+and I think they have been used cruelly by the whites.
+
+_Hunter._ As a general remark, those Indians who have had least to do
+with civilized life are the most worthy of regard. Such as live near
+white men, or such as are frequently visited by them, seem to learn
+quickly the vices of others, without giving up their own. To observe
+the real character of red men, it is necessary to trace the turnings
+and windings of the Yellow Stone River, or the yet more remote
+sinuosities of the Upper Missouri. The nearer the United States, the
+more servile is the Indian character; and the nearer the Rocky
+Mountains, the more independent and open-hearted.
+
+_Austin._ If I ever go among the red men, the Yellow Stone River, or
+the Upper Missouri, will be the place for me.
+
+_Hunter._ Many of the chiefs of the tribes near the Rocky Mountains
+may be said to live in a state of splendour. They have the pure air of
+heaven around them and rivers abounding in fish. The prairie yields
+them buffaloes in plenty; and, as for their lodges and dress, some of
+them may be called sumptuous. Sometimes, twenty or thirty buffalo
+skins, beautifully dressed, are joined together to form a covering for
+a lodge; and their robes and different articles of apparel are so
+rich with ermine, the nails and claws of birds and animals, war-eagle
+plumes, and embroidery of highly coloured porcupine quills, that a
+monarch in his coronation robes is scarcely a spectacle more imposing.
+
+_Austin._ Ay, I remember the dress of Mah-to-toh-pa, "the four bears,"
+his buffalo robe, his porcupine-quilled leggings, his embroidered
+buckskin mocassins, his otter necklace, his buffalo horns, and his
+splendid head-dress of war-eagle plumes.
+
+_Hunter._ In a state of war, it is the delight of a chief to leap on
+the back of his fiery steed, decorated as the leader of his tribe, and
+armed with his glittering lance and unerring bow, to lead on his band
+to victory. In the chase, he is as ardent as in the battle; smiling at
+danger, he plunges, on his flying steed, among a thousand buffaloes,
+launching his fatal shafts with deadly effect. Thus has the Indian of
+the far-west lived, and thus is he living still. But the trader and
+the rum-bottle, and the rifle and the white man are on his track; and,
+like his red brethren who once dwelt east of the Mississippi, he must
+fall back yet farther, and gradually decline before the approach of
+civilization.
+
+_Austin._ It is a very strange thing that white men will not let red
+men alone. What right have they to cheat them of their hunting-grounds?
+
+_Hunter._ I will relate to you an account, that appeared some time ago
+in most of the newspapers (though I cannot vouch for the truth of it,)
+of a chief who, though he was respected by his tribe before he went
+among the whites, had very little respect paid to him afterwards.
+
+_Brian._ I hope it is a long account.
+
+_Hunter._ Not very long: but you shall hear. "In order to assist the
+officers of the Indian department, in their arduous duty of persuading
+remote tribes to quit their lands, it has been found advisable to
+incur the expense of inviting one or two of their chiefs some two or
+three thousand miles to Washington, in order that they should see with
+their own eyes, and report to their tribes, the irresistible power of
+the nation with which they are arguing. This speculation has, it is
+said, in all instances, more or less effected its object. For the
+reasons and for the objects we have stated, it was deemed advisable
+that a certain chief should be invited from his remote country to
+Washington; and accordingly, in due time, he appeared there."
+
+_Austin._ Two or three thousand miles! What a distance for him to go!
+
+_Hunter._ "After the troops had been made to manoeuvre before him;
+after thundering volleys of artillery had almost deafened him; and
+after every department had displayed to him all that was likely to add
+to the terror and astonishment he had already experienced, the
+President, in lieu of the Indian's clothes, presented him with a
+colonel's uniform; in which, and with many other presents, the
+bewildered chief took his departure."
+
+_Brian._ He would hardly know how to walk in a colonel's uniform.
+
+_Hunter._ "In a pair of white kid gloves; tight blue coat, with gilt
+buttons, gold epaulettes, and red sash; cloth trowsers with straps;
+high-heeled boots; cocked hat, and scarlet feather; with a cigar in
+his mouth, a green umbrella in one hand, and a yellow fan in the
+other; and with the neck of a whiskey bottle protruding out of each of
+the two tail-pockets of his regimental coat; this 'monkey that had
+seen the world' suddenly appeared before the chiefs and warriors of
+his tribe; and as he stood before them, straight as a ramrod, in a
+high state of perspiration, caused by the tightness of his finery,
+while the cool fresh air of heaven blew over the naked, unrestrained
+limbs of the spectators, it might, perhaps not unjustly, be said of
+the costumes, 'Which is the savage?' In return for the presents he had
+received, and with a desire to impart as much real information as
+possible to his tribe, the poor jaded traveller undertook to deliver
+to them a course of lectures, in which he graphically described all
+that he had witnessed."
+
+_Austin._ An Indian in white kid gloves, blue coat, high-heeled boots,
+and cocked hat and feather! Why his tribe would all laugh at him, in
+spite of his lectures.
+
+_Hunter._ "For a while he was listened to with attention; but as soon
+as the minds of his audience had received as much as they could hold,
+they began to disbelieve him. Nothing daunted, however, the traveller
+still proceeded."
+
+_Austin._ I thought they would laugh at him.
+
+_Hunter._ "He told them about wigwams, in which a thousand people
+could at one time pray to the Great Spirit; of other wigwams, five
+stories high, built in lines, facing each other, and extending over
+an enormous space: he told them of war canoes that would hold twelve
+hundred warriors."
+
+_Austin._ They would be sure never to believe him.
+
+_Hunter._ "Such tales, to the Indian mind, seemed an insult to common
+sense. For some time he was treated merely with ridicule and contempt;
+but, when, resolutely continuing to recount his adventures, he told
+them about a balloon, and that he had seen white people, who, by
+attaching a great ball to a canoe, as he described it, could rise in
+it up to the clouds, and travel through the heavens, the medicine, or
+mystery men of his tribe pronounced him to be an impostor; and the
+multitude vociferously declaring that he was too great a liar to live,
+a young warrior, in a paroxysm of anger, levelled a rifle and shot him
+dead!"
+
+_Austin._ Well, I am very sorry! It was very silly to be dressed up in
+that way; but they ought not to have killed him, for he told them the
+truth, after all.
+
+_Brian._ I could never have thought that an Indian chief would have
+dressed himself in a blue coat and gilt buttons.
+
+_Basil._ And, then, the fan and green umbrella!
+
+_Austin._ Ay, and the whiskey bottles sticking out of his
+tail-pockets. He would look a little different from Mah-to-toh-pa.
+
+_Hunter._ I have frequently spoken of the splendid head-dress of the
+chiefs of some tribes. Among the Mandans, (and you know Mah-to-toh-pa
+was a Mandan,) they would not part with one of their head-dresses of
+war-eagle plumes at a less price than two horses. The Konzas, Osages,
+Pawnees, Sacs, Foxes and Iowas shave their heads; but all the rest, or
+at least as far as I know of the Indian tribes, wear long hair.
+
+_Brian._ Yes; we remember the Crows, with their hair sweeping the
+ground.
+
+_Hunter._ Did I tell you, that some of the tribes glue other hair to
+their own to make it long, as it is considered so ornamental?
+
+_Basil._ I do not remember that you told us that.
+
+_Hunter._ There are a few other things respecting the Indians that I
+wish to mention, before I tell you what the missionaries have done
+among them. In civilized countries, people turn out their toes in
+walking; but this is not the case among the Indians. When the toes are
+turned out, either in walking or running, the whole weight of the body
+falls too much on the great toe of the foot that is behind, and it is
+mainly owing to this circumstance, that so many have a deformity at
+the joint of the great toe. When the foot is turned in, the weight of
+the body is thrown equally on all the toes, and the deformity of the
+great toe joint is avoided.
+
+_Austin._ What! do the Indians know better how to walk than we do? If
+theirs is the best way to walk, why do not we all walk so?
+
+_Hunter._ I suppose, because it is not so elegant in appearance to
+walk so. But many things are done by civilized people on account of
+fashion. Hundreds and hundreds of females shorten their lives by the
+tight clothing and lacings with which they compress their bodies; but
+the Indians do not commit such folly.
+
+_Brian._ There is something to be learned from the Indians, after all.
+
+_Hunter._ There is a custom among the Sacs and Foxes that I do not
+think I spoke of. The Sacs are better provided with horses than the
+Foxes: and so, when the latter go to war and want horses, they go to
+the Sacs and beg them. After a time, they sit round in a circle, and
+take up their pipes to smoke, seemingly quite at their ease; and,
+while they are whiffing away, the young men of the Sacs ride round and
+round the circle, every now and then cutting at the shoulders of the
+Foxes with their whips, making the blood start forth. After keeping up
+this strange custom for some time, the young Sacs dismount, and
+present their horses to those they have been flogging.
+
+_Austin._ What a curious custom! I should not much like to be flogged
+in that manner.
+
+_Hunter._ There is a certain rock which the Camanchees always visit
+when they go to war. Putting their horses at full speed, they shoot
+their best arrows at this rock, which they consider great medicine. If
+they did not go through this long-established custom, there would be
+no confidence among them; but, when they have thus sacrificed their
+best arrows to the rock, their hope and confidence are strong.
+
+_Austin._ I should have thought they would have wanted their best
+arrows to fight with.
+
+_Hunter._ There is no accounting for the superstitions of people.
+There is nothing too absurd to gain belief even among civilized
+nations, when they give up the truth of God's word, and follow the
+traditions or commandments of men. The Sioux have a strange notion
+about thunder; they say that the thunder is hatched by a small bird,
+not much bigger than the humming-bird. There is, in the Couteau des
+Prairies, a place called "the nest of the thunder;" and, in the small
+bushes there, they will have it that this little bird sits upon its
+eggs till the long claps of thunder come forth. Strange as this
+tradition is, there would be no use in denying it; for the
+superstition of the Indian is too strong to be easily done away with.
+The same people, before they go on a buffalo hunt, usually pay a visit
+to a spot where the form of a buffalo is cut out on a prairie. This
+figure is great medicine; and the hunt is sure to be more prosperous,
+in their opinion, after it has been visited.
+
+_Austin._ I do hope that we shall forget none of these curious things.
+
+ [Illustration]
+
+
+
+
+ [Illustration: Eliot Preaching to the Indians.]
+
+ CHAPTER XV.
+
+
+For the last time but one, during their holidays, Austin and his
+brothers set off, with a long afternoon before them, to listen to the
+hunter's account of the proceedings of the missionaries among the
+Indians. On this occasion, they paid another visit to the Red
+Sand-stone Rock by the river, the place where they first met with
+their friend, the hunter. Here they recalled to mind all the
+circumstances which had taken place at that spot, and agreed that the
+hunter, in saving their lives by his timely warning, and afterwards
+adding so much as he had done to their information and pleasure, had
+been to them one of the best friends they had ever known. With very
+friendly and grateful feelings towards him, they hastened to the
+cottage, when the Indians, as usual, became the subject of their
+conversation. "And now," said Austin, "we are quite ready to hear
+about the missionaries."
+
+_Hunter._ Let me speak a word or two about the Indians, before I begin
+my account. You remember that I told you of the Mandans.
+
+_Austin._ Yes. Mah-to-toh-pa was a Mandan, with his fine robes and
+war-eagle head-dress. The rain-makers were Mandans; also the young
+warriors, who went through so many tortures in the mystery lodge.
+
+_Hunter._ Well, I must now tell you a sad truth. After I left the
+Mandans, great changes came upon them; and, at the present time,
+hardly a single Mandan is alive.
+
+_Austin._ Dreadful! But how was it? What brought it all about?
+
+_Brian._ You should have told us this before.
+
+_Hunter._ No. I preferred to tell you first of the people as they were
+when I was with them. You may remember my observation, in one of your
+early visits, that great changes had taken place among them; that the
+tomahawks of the stronger tribes had thinned the others; that many had
+sold their lands to the whites, and retired to the west of the
+Mississippi; and that thousands had fallen a prey to the small-pox. It
+was in the year 1838 that this dreadful disease was introduced among
+the Mandans, and other tribes of the fur-traders. Of the Blackfeet,
+Crows and two or three other tribes, twenty-five thousand perished;
+but of the poor Mandans, the whole tribe was destroyed.
+
+_Brian._ Why did they not get a doctor; or go out of their village to
+the wide prairie, that one might not catch the disease from another?
+
+_Hunter._ Doctors were too far off; and the ravages of the disease
+were so swift that it swept them all away in a few months. Their
+mystery men could not help them; and their enemies, the Sioux, had
+war-parties round their village, so that they could not go out to the
+wide prairie. There they were, dying fast in their village; and little
+else was heard, during day or night, but wailing, howling and crying
+to the Great Spirit to relieve them.
+
+_Austin._ And did Mah-to-toh-pa, "the four bears," die too?
+
+_Hunter._ Yes. For, though he recovered from the disease, he could not
+bear up against the loss of his wives and his children. They all died
+before his eyes, and he piled them together in his lodge, and covered
+them with robes. His braves and his warriors died, and life had no
+charms for him; for who was to share with him his joy or his grief? He
+retired from his wigwam, and fasted six days, lamenting the
+destruction of his tribe. He then crawled back to his own lodge, laid
+himself by his dead family, covered himself with a robe, and died like
+an Indian chief. This is a melancholy picture; and when I first heard
+of the terrible event, I could have wept.
+
+_Austin._ It was indeed a terrible affair. Have they no good doctors
+among the Indians now? Why do they not send for doctors who know how
+to cure the small-pox, instead of those juggling mystery men?
+
+_Hunter._ Many attempts have been made to introduce vaccination among
+the tribes; but their jealousy and want of confidence in white men,
+who have so much wronged them, and their attachment to their own
+customs and superstitions, have prevented those attempts from being
+very successful.
+
+_Austin._ Who was the first missionary who went among the Indians?
+
+_Hunter._ I believe the first Indian missionary was John Eliot. More
+than two hundred years ago, a body of pious Englishmen left their
+native land, because they were not allowed peaceably to serve God
+according to their consciences. They landed in America, having
+obtained a grant of land there. They are sometimes called "Puritans,"
+and sometimes "the Pilgrim Fathers." It is certain, that, whatever
+were their peculiarities, and by whatever names they were known, the
+fear of God and the love of mankind animated their hearts.
+
+These men did not seize the possessions of the Indians, because they
+had arms and skill to use them. But they entered into a treaty with
+them for the purchase of their lands, and paid them what they were
+satisfied to receive. It is true, that what the white man gave in
+exchange was of little value to him. But the Indians prized trinkets
+more than they would gold and silver, and they only wanted hunting
+and fishing grounds for their own use. These early colonists, seeing
+that the Indians were living in idleness, cruelty and superstition,
+were desirous to instruct them in useful arts, and still more in the
+fear of the Lord; and John Eliot, who had left England to join his
+religious friends in America, was the first Protestant missionary
+among the Indians.
+
+_Austin._ I wonder he was not afraid of going among them.
+
+_Hunter._ He that truly fears God has no need to fear danger in the
+path of duty. John Eliot had three good motives that girded his loins
+and strengthened his heart: the first, was the glory of God, in the
+conversion of the poor Indians; the second, was his love of mankind,
+and pity for such as were ignorant of true religion; and the third,
+was his desire that the promise of his friends to spread the gospel
+among the Indians should be fulfilled. It was no light task that he
+had undertaken, as I will prove to you. I dare say, that you have not
+quite forgotten all the long names that I gave you.
+
+_Austin._ I remember your telling us of them; and I suppose they are
+the longest words in the world.
+
+_Hunter._ I will now give you two words in one of the languages that
+John Eliot had to learn, and then, perhaps, you will alter your
+opinion. The first of them is _noorromantammoonkanunonnash_, which
+means, "our loves;" and the second, or "our questions," is
+_kummogokdonattoottammoctiteaongannunnonash_.
+
+_Austin._ Why that last word would reach all across one of our
+copy-books.
+
+_Basil._ You had better learn those two words, Austin, to begin with.
+
+_Brian._ Ay, do, Austin; if you have many such when you go among the
+red men, you must sit up at night to learn what you have to speak in
+the day-time.
+
+_Austin._ No, no; I have settled all that. I mean to have an
+interpreter with me; one who knows every thing. Please to tell us a
+little more about Eliot.
+
+_Hunter._ I will. An author says, speaking of missionaries, "As I hold
+the highest title on earth to be that of a servant of God, and the
+most important employment that of making known to sinners the
+salvation that God has wrought for them, through his Son Jesus Christ;
+so I cannot but estimate very highly the character of an humble,
+zealous, conscientious missionary. Men undertake, endure and achieve
+much when riches and honours and reputation are to be attained; but
+where is the worldly reputation of him who goes, with his life in his
+hand, to make known to barbarous lands the glad tidings of salvation?
+Where are the honours and the money bags of the missionary? In many
+cases, toil and anxiety, hunger and thirst, reviling and violence,
+danger and death await him; but where is his earthly reward?" Eliot's
+labours were incessant; translating not only the commandments, the
+Lord's prayer and many parts of Scripture into the Indian languages,
+but also the whole Bible. For days together he travelled from place
+to place, wet to the skin, wringing the wet from his stockings at
+night. Sometimes he was treated cruelly by the sachems, (principal
+chiefs,) sagamores, (lesser chiefs,) and powaws, (conjurers, or
+mystery men;) but though they thrust him out, and threatened his life,
+he held on his course, telling them that he was in the service of the
+Great God, and feared them not. So highly did they think of his
+services in England, that a book was printed, called "The
+Day-breaking, if not the Sun-rising of the Gospel with the Indians in
+New-England;" and another, entitled "The Clear Sunshine of the Gospel
+breaking forth upon the Indians;" and dedicated to the parliament; in
+order that assistance and encouragement might be given him. At the
+close of a grammar, published by him, he wrote the words, "Prayers and
+pains, through faith in Christ Jesus, will do any thing."
+
+_Brian._ I should think that he was one of the best of men.
+
+_Hunter._ He instituted schools, and devoted himself to the Christian
+course he had undertaken with an humble and ardent spirit, until old
+age and increasing infirmities rendered him too feeble to do as he had
+done before. Even then, he catechised the negro slaves in the
+neighbourhood around him; and took a poor blind boy home to his own
+house, that he might teach him to commit to memory some of the
+chapters in the Bible. Among the last expressions that dropped from
+his lips were the words, "Welcome joy! Pray! pray! pray!" This was in
+the eighty-sixth year of his age. No wonder he should even now be
+remembered by us as "the apostle of the Indians."
+
+_Basil._ I am very glad that you told us about him. What a good old
+man he must have been when he died!
+
+_Hunter._ You will find an interesting history of Eliot in your
+Sunday-school Library, and the Life of Brainerd[5] also, of whom I
+will tell you a few things. But I advise you to read both books, for
+such short remarks as I make cannot be distinctly remembered; and the
+characters of these eminent men you will only understand by reading
+the history of their lives.
+
+ [Footnote 5: Both these works are published by the American
+ Sunday-school Union.]
+
+_Austin._ We will remember this.
+
+_Hunter._ There were many good men, after his death, who trod as
+closely as they could in his steps: but I must not stop to dwell upon
+them. David Brainerd, however, must not be passed by: he was a truly
+humble and zealous servant of the Most High. You may judge, in some
+degree, of his interest in the Indians by the following extract from
+his diary:
+
+_June 26._ "In the morning, my desire seemed to rise, and ascend up
+freely to God. Was busy most of the day in translating prayers into
+the language of the Delaware Indians; met with great difficulty,
+because my interpreter was altogether unacquainted with the business.
+But though I was much discouraged with the extreme difficulty of that
+work, yet God supported me; and, especially in the evening, gave me
+sweet refreshment. In prayer my soul was enlarged, and my faith drawn
+into sensible exercise; was enabled to cry to God for my poor Indians;
+and though the work of their conversion appeared _impossible with
+man_, yet _with God_ I saw _all things were possible_. My faith was
+much strengthened, by observing the wonderful assistance God afforded
+his servants Nehemiah and Ezra, in reforming his people and
+re-establishing his ancient church. I was much assisted in prayer for
+my dear Christian friends, and for others whom I apprehended to be
+Christ-less; but was more especially concerned for the poor heathen,
+and those of my own charge; was enabled to be instant in prayer for
+them; and hoped that God would bow the heavens and come down for their
+salvation. It seemed to me, that there could be no impediment
+sufficient to obstruct that glorious work, seeing the living God, as I
+strongly hoped, was engaged for it. I continued in a solemn frame,
+lifting up my heart to God for assistance and grace, that I might be
+more mortified to this present world, that my whole soul might be
+taken up continually in concern for the advancement of Christ's
+kingdom. Earnestly desired that God would purge me more, that I might
+be a chosen vessel to bear his name among the heathens. Continued in
+this frame till I fell asleep."
+
+_Brian._ Why, he was much such a man as Eliot.
+
+_Hunter._ Both Eliot and Brainerd did a great deal of good among the
+Indians. The language of Brainerd was, "Here am I, Lord, send me;
+send me to the ends of the earth; send me to the rough, the savage
+pagans of the wilderness; send me from all that is called comfort on
+earth; send me even to death itself, if it be but in thy service, and
+to extend thy kingdom."
+
+_Brian._ I hardly know whether Eliot was the best man, or Brainerd.
+
+_Hunter._ They were very unlike in one thing; for Eliot lived till he
+was eighty-six years old; whereas Brainerd died in the thirtieth year
+of his age. But though so young, it is said of him, by a learned and
+good man, "The Life and Diary of David Brainerd exhibits a perfect
+pattern of the qualities which should distinguish the instructor of
+rude and barbarous tribes; the most invincible patience and
+self-denial, the profoundest humility, exquisite prudence,
+indefatigable industry, and such a devotedness to God, or rather such
+an absorption of the whole soul in zeal for the Divine glory and the
+salvation of men, as is scarcely to be paralleled since the age of the
+apostles."
+
+_Brian._ Then, he was as good a man as Eliot.
+
+_Hunter._ You will read his life surely, after all you have heard
+about the Indians, and will be surprised at his great success among
+them. I will read you an extract from a letter written in those days
+by some Oneida chiefs, by which you will see that the labours of these
+good men were not in vain.
+
+"The holy word of Jesus has got place amongst us, and advances. Many
+have lately forsaken their sins, to appearance, and turned to God.
+There are some among us who are very stubborn and strong; but Jesus is
+almighty, and has all strength, and his holy word is very strong, too:
+therefore we hope it will conquer and succeed more and more. We say no
+more; only we ask our fathers to pray for us, though they are at a
+great distance. Perhaps, by-and-by, through the strength and mercy of
+Jesus, we shall meet in his kingdom above. Farewell.
+
+ TAGAWAROW, _chief of the Bear tribe_.
+ SUGHNAGEAROT, _chief of the Wolf tribe_.
+ OJEKHETA, _chief of the Turtle tribe_."
+
+_Austin._ Why, they were all three of them chiefs!
+
+_Hunter._ The speech made by the chief, Little Turtle, at Baltimore,
+on his way to see the President of the United States, will interest
+you. Some Quakers, who saw him, told him that the habit among his
+tribe of drinking rum prevented them from doing them good.
+
+"Brothers and friends--When your forefathers first met on this island,
+your red brethren were very numerous; but, since the introduction
+amongst us of what you call spirituous liquors, and what we think may
+justly be called poison, our numbers are greatly diminished. It has
+destroyed a great part of your red brethren.
+
+"My friends and brothers--We plainly perceive that you see the very
+evil which destroys your red brethren. It is not an evil of our own
+making. We have not placed it amongst ourselves; it is an evil placed
+amongst us by the white people; we look to them to remove it out of
+the country. We tell them, 'Brethren, fetch us useful things: bring
+us goods that will clothe us, our women, and our children; and not
+this evil liquor, that destroys our health, that destroys our reason,
+that destroys our lives.' But all that we can say on this subject is
+of no service, nor gives relief to your red brethren.
+
+"My friends and brothers--I rejoice to find that you agree in opinion
+with us, and express an anxiety to be, if possible, of service to us,
+in removing this great evil out of our country; an evil which has had
+so much room in it, and has destroyed so many of our lives, that it
+causes our young men to say, 'We had better be at war with the white
+people. This liquor, which they introduced into our country, is more
+to be feared than the gun or tomahawk.' There are more of us dead
+since the treaty of Greeneville, than we lost by the six years' war
+before. It is all owing to the introduction of this liquor among us.
+
+"Brothers--When our young men have been out hunting, and are returning
+home loaded with skins and furs, on their way, if it happens that they
+come where this whiskey is deposited, the white man who sells it tells
+them to take a little drink. Some of them will say, 'No; I do not want
+it.' They go on till they come to another house, where they find more
+of the same kind of drink. It is there offered again; they refuse; and
+again the third time: but, finally, the fourth or fifth time, one
+accepts of it, and takes a drink, and getting one he wants another,
+and then a third, and fourth, till his senses have left him. After
+his reason comes back to him, when he gets up and finds where he is,
+he asks for his peltry. The answer is, 'You have drunk them.' 'Where
+is my gun?' 'It is gone.' 'Where is my blanket?' 'It is gone.' 'Where
+is my shirt?' 'You have sold it for whiskey!' Now, brothers, figure to
+yourselves what condition this man must be in. He has a family at
+home; a wife and children who stand in need of the profits of his
+hunting. What must be their wants, when even he himself is without a
+shirt?"
+
+_Austin._ There is a great deal of good sense in what Little Turtle
+said.
+
+_Hunter._ The war between England and America made sad confusion among
+the Indians, and the missionaries too; for it was reported that the
+missionaries were joining the French against the English, so that they
+and the Indian converts were dreadfully persecuted.
+
+Colonel de Peyster, who was then the English governor at Fort Detroit,
+suspected the Christian Indians of being partisans of the Americans,
+and the missionaries of being spies; and he wished the Indians
+favourable to him to carry them all off. Captain Pipe, a Delaware
+chief, persuaded the half king of the Hurons to force them away.
+Persecution went on, till the missionaries, seeing that no other
+course remained, they being plundered without mercy, and their lives
+threatened, consented to emigrate. They were thus compelled to quit
+their pleasant settlement, escorted by a troop of savages headed by an
+English officer. The half king of the Hurons went with them. But I
+will read you an account of what took place after they reached
+Sandusky Creek. "Having arrived at Sandusky Creek, after a journey of
+upwards of four weeks, the half king of the Hurons and his warriors
+left them, and marched into their own country, without giving them any
+particular orders how to proceed. Thus they were abandoned in a
+wilderness where there was neither game nor provisions of any kind;
+such was the place to which the barbarians had led them,
+notwithstanding they had represented it as a perfect paradise. After
+wandering to and fro for some time, they resolved to spend the winter
+in Upper Sandusky; and, having pitched on the most convenient spot
+they could find in this dreary region, they erected small huts of logs
+and bark, to shelter themselves from the rain and cold. They were now,
+however, so poor, that they had neither beds nor blankets; for, on the
+journey, the savages had stolen every thing from them, except only
+their utensils for manufacturing maple sugar. But nothing distressed
+them so much as the want of provisions. Some had long spent their all,
+and now depended on the charity of their neighbours for a morsel to
+eat. Even the missionaries, who hitherto had uniformly gained a
+livelihood by the labour of their hands, were now reduced to the
+necessity of receiving support from the congregation. As their wants
+were so urgent, Shebosh the missionary, and several of the Christian
+Indians, returned, as soon as possible, to their settlements on the
+Muskingum, to fetch the Indian corn which they had left growing in the
+fields.
+
+"Scarcely had the congregation begun to settle in Sandusky, when the
+missionaries were ordered to go and appear before the governor of Fort
+Detroit. Four of them, accompanied by several of the Indian
+assistants, accordingly set off without delay, while the other two
+remained with their little flock. On taking their departure, they
+experienced the most agonizing sensations: partly, as they knew not
+what might be the issue of the journey; and partly, as they were
+obliged to leave their families in want of the common necessaries of
+life. As they travelled chiefly by land, along the banks of Lake Erie,
+they had to pass through numerous swamps, over large inundated plains,
+and through thick forests. But the most painful circumstance was,
+their hearing that some of the Indians, who had gone to Muskingum to
+fetch corn, had been murdered by the white people; and that a large
+body of these miscreants were marching to Sandusky, to surprise the
+new settlement. This report, indeed, was not correct. Shebosh, the
+missionary, and five of the Christian Indians were, it is true, taken
+prisoners at Shoenbrunn and carried to Pittsburg. The others returned
+safe to Sandusky, with about four hundred bushels of Indian corn,
+which they had gathered in the fields. But as the travellers did not
+hear a correct statement of these circumstances until afterwards, they
+suffered meanwhile the greatest anxiety and distress.
+
+"Having arrived at Detroit, they appeared before the governor, in
+order to answer the accusations brought against them, of holding a
+correspondence with the Americans, to the prejudice of the English
+interest. The investigation, however, was deferred till Captain Pipe,
+their principal accuser, should arrive. A circumstance which could not
+but give them much uneasiness, as he had hitherto shown himself their
+bitter and determined enemy. They had no friend on earth to interpose
+in their behalf; but they had a Friend in heaven, in whom they put
+their trust: nor was their confidence in Him in vain. On the day of
+trial, Captain Pipe, after some ceremonies had passed between him and
+Colonel de Peyster, respecting the scalps and prisoners which he had
+brought from the United States, rose and addressed the governor as
+follows:--'Father--You commanded us to bring the believing Indians and
+their teachers from the Muskingum. This has been done. When we had
+brought them to Sandusky, you ordered us to bring their teachers and
+some of their chiefs unto you. Here you see them before you. Now you
+may speak with them yourself, as you have desired. But I hope you will
+speak good words unto them: yea, I tell you, speak good words unto
+them; for they are my friends, and I should be sorry to see them ill
+used.' These last words he repeated two or three times. In reply to
+this speech, the governor enumerated the various complaints he had
+made against the brethren, and called upon him to prove that they had
+actually corresponded with the Americans, to the prejudice of the
+English. To this the chief replied, that such a thing might have
+happened; but they would do it no more, for they were now at Detroit.
+The governor, justly dissatisfied with this answer, peremptorily
+demanded that he should give a direct reply to his question. Pipe was
+now greatly embarrassed; and, bending to his counsellors, asked them
+what he should say. But they all hung their heads in silence. On a
+sudden, however, he rose, and thus addressed the governor:--'I said
+before that such a thing might have happened; now I will tell you the
+truth. The missionaries are innocent. They have done nothing of
+themselves; what they did, they were compelled to do.' Then, smiting
+his breast, he added: 'I am to blame, and the chiefs who were with me.
+We forced them to do it when they refused;' alluding to the
+correspondence between the Delaware chiefs and the Americans, of which
+the missionaries were the innocent medium. Thus the brethren found an
+advocate and a friend in their accuser and enemy.
+
+"After making some further inquiries, the governor declared, before
+the whole camp, that the brethren were innocent of all the charges
+alleged against them; that he felt great satisfaction in their
+endeavours to civilize and Christianize the Indians; and that he would
+permit them to return to their congregation without delay. He even
+offered them the use of his own house, in the most friendly manner;
+and as they had been plundered, contrary to his express command, he
+ordered them to be supplied with clothes, and various other articles
+of which they stood in need. He even bought the four watches which the
+savages had taken from them and sold to a trader. After experiencing
+various other acts of kindness from him they returned to Sandusky, and
+were received with inexpressible joy by their families and the whole
+congregation."
+
+_Austin._ Well, I am glad it has all ended so happily. Captain Pipe
+and Colonel de Peyster acted an unworthy part, to suspect the
+missionaries.
+
+_Brian._ They did; but the colonel declared before the whole camp that
+they were innocent. That was making some amends for his suspicions.
+
+_Basil._ Captain Pipe ought to have been ashamed of himself.
+
+_Hunter._ The missionaries went through various trials, and nearly a
+hundred Christian Indians--men, women and children--were cruelly
+slaughtered; but afterwards the missions began to wear a more
+prosperous appearance. I have now kept you longer than usual. The next
+time you come here, I will finish my missionary account. Though among
+the tribes near the whites great changes have taken place, yet, among
+the Indians of the far-west, their customs are but little altered.
+They join in the buffalo hunt, assemble in the war-party, engage in
+their accustomed games, and smoke the pipe of peace, the same as
+ever.
+
+
+
+
+ [Illustration: Missionary and Indians.]
+
+ CHAPTER XVI.
+
+
+In the former part of the hunter's relation, Austin Edwards and his
+brothers thought of little else than of bluffs and prairies,
+buffaloes, bears and beavers, warlike Indian chiefs and the
+spirit-stirring adventures of savage life; but the last visit paid to
+the cottage had considerably sobered their views. The hunter had
+gradually won his way into their affections, by contributing largely
+to their amusement; and he had, also, secured their respect and high
+opinion, by his serious remarks. They had no doubt of his being a true
+friend to Indians, and they had, on that account, listened the more
+attentively to what he had advanced on the subject of missionaries.
+The knowledge that they were about to hear the end of the hunter's
+relation, though it hung a little heavy on their spirits, disposed
+them to seriousness and attention.
+
+"And now," said the hunter, as soon as Austin, Brian, and Basil had
+seated themselves in his cottage, and requested him to continue his
+missionary account, "I will give you the best statement I can, in a
+few words, of the number of people who are employed among the Indians
+in the missionary cause."
+
+_Austin._ Yes; we shall like to hear that very well.
+
+_Hunter._ The American Board of Commissioners for Foreign Missions
+sustain missionary stations among the Cherokees, Choctaws, Pawnees,
+Oregon tribes, Sioux, Ojibbewas, Stockbridge tribe, New York tribes
+and the Abenaquis. There are twenty-five stations and twenty-three
+missionaries, three medical missionaries, three native preachers, two
+physicians, ten male and forty-five female assistants.
+
+The Board of Missions connected with the Presbyterian church sustain
+missions among the Creeks, the Iowas and Sacs, and the Chippeways and
+Ottawas; three missionaries and their wives and several teachers are
+employed.
+
+The missionary society of the Methodist Episcopal church have
+established missions among the Shawnees, Delawares, Wyandotts,
+Kickapoos, Pottawatomies, Choctaws, Chickasaws, Cherokees, Senecas,
+Creeks, Oneidas, Winnebagoes and some smaller tribes. From an old
+report of this laborious society, 1844, I have copied a passage which
+I will read you:
+
+"It is now generally conceded, by those best acquainted with the
+peculiarities of the Indian character, that however powerful the
+gospel may be, in itself, to melt and subdue the savage heart, it is
+indispensable, if we would secure the fruits of our missionary
+labours, to connect the blessings of civilization with all our
+Christian efforts. And we rejoice to learn, that among many of the
+Indian tribes the civilizing process is going on, and keeping pace
+with their spiritual advancement. They are turning their attention
+more and more to agriculture, and the various arts of civilized life.
+They have also established a number of schools and academies, some of
+which they have liberally endowed from the annuities they receive from
+the United States government. Some of these schools are already in
+successful operation, and many of the Indian youth are making rapid
+advancement in literary pursuits."
+
+The Baptist Board of Missions have seven missions, embracing nineteen
+stations and out-stations, thirty-two missionaries and assistants, ten
+native preachers and assistants, fifteen organized churches and
+sixteen hundred professing Christians. These missionary labours are
+among the Ojibbewas, Ottowas, Tonewandas, Tuscaroras, Shawnees,
+Cherokees, Creeks and Choctaws.
+
+The United Brethren or Moravians, and the Board of Missions of the
+Protestant Episcopal church, also maintain missions among the
+Indians.
+
+_Austin._ How do the missionaries preach to the Indians? Do they
+understand their strange language?
+
+_Hunter._ Your question calls to my mind one of the most interesting
+and remarkable events of Indian history. I will endeavour to give you
+a brief account of it. I refer to the invention of an alphabet by a
+native Cherokee named George Guess or Guyst, who knew not how to speak
+English and was never taught to read English books. It was in 1824-5
+that this invention began to attract considerable attention. Having
+become acquainted with the principle of the alphabet; viz. that marks
+can be made the symbols of sound; this uninstructed man conceived the
+notion that he could express all the syllables in the Cherokee
+language by separate marks, or characters. On collecting all the
+syllables which, after long study and trial, he could recall to his
+memory, he found the number to be _eighty-two_. In order to express
+these, he took the letters of our alphabet for a part of them, and
+various modifications of our letters, with some characters of his own
+invention, for the rest. With these symbols he set about writing
+letters; and very soon a correspondence was actually maintained
+between the Cherokees in Wills Valley, and their countrymen beyond the
+Mississippi, 500 miles apart. This was done by individuals who could
+not speak English, and who had never learned any alphabet, except this
+syllabic one, which Guess had invented, taught to others, and
+introduced into practice. The interest in this matter increased till,
+at length, young Cherokees travelled a great distance to be instructed
+in this easy method of writing and reading. In three days they were
+able to commence letter-writing, and return home to their native
+villages prepared to teach others. Either Guess himself, or some other
+person afterwards, discovered _four_ other syllables; making all the
+known syllables of the Cherokee language _eighty-six_. This is a very
+curious fact; especially when it is considered that the language is
+very copious on some subjects, a single verb undergoing some thousands
+of inflections. All syllables in the Cherokee language end with
+vowels. The same is true of the language of the islanders of the
+Pacific ocean. But in the Choctaw language, syllables often end with
+consonants.
+
+"Some months since," says a report of the Cherokee mission in 1825,
+"Mr. David Brown commenced the translation of the New Testament into
+Cherokee, with the occasional assistance of two or three of his
+countrymen, who are more thoroughly acquainted, than he is, with that
+language. Already the four Gospels are translated, and fairly copied;
+and if types and a press were ready, they could be immediately revised
+and printed and read. Extracts are now transcribed and perused by a
+few.
+
+"It is manifest that such a translation must be very imperfect; but it
+is equally manifest that much divine truth maybe communicated by it,
+and probably with more accuracy than is commonly done by preaching,
+either with an interpreter, or without one."
+
+Another account is a little more full:
+
+"It is well worthy of notice, that Mr. Guyst, the inventor, is a man
+past the middle age. He had seen books, and, I have been told, had an
+English spelling-book in his house; but he could not read a word in
+any language, nor speak the English language at all. His alphabet
+consists of eighty-six characters, each of which represents a
+syllable, with the exception of one, which has the sound of the
+English _s_, and is prefixed to other characters when required. These
+eighty-six characters are sufficient to write the language, at least
+intelligibly. The alphabet is thought by some of the Cherokees to need
+improvement; but, as it is, it is read by a very large portion of the
+people, though I suppose there has been no such thing as a school in
+which it has been taught, and it is not more than two or three years
+since it was invented. A few hours of instruction are sufficient for a
+Cherokee to learn to read his own language intelligibly. He will not,
+indeed, so soon be able to read _fluently_: but when he has learned to
+read and understand, fluency will be acquired by practice. The extent
+of my information will not enable me to form a probable estimate of
+the number in the nation who can thus read, but I am assured, by those
+who had the best opportunity of knowing, that there is no part of the
+nation where the new alphabet is not understood. That it will prevail
+over every other method of writing the language, there is no doubt."
+
+_Austin._ Did they find the language could be easily written and
+printed?
+
+_Hunter._ In 1828 one of the missionaries of the American Board
+devoted himself to the acquisition of the language, with a view to
+translating the Scriptures, and preparing school-books and tracts for
+the general instruction of the people. As he proceeded in the study of
+the language, he found it more and more wonderful in its structure,
+and the difficulties which must have attended the labour of reducing
+it to a system became more and more apparent.
+
+Before this, however, the enthusiasm of the people was kindled: great
+numbers had learned to read; they were circulating hymns and portions
+of Scripture, and writing letters every day, and even procured a medal
+to present to the inventor, as a token of their gratitude for this
+wonderful method of writing their own language. They began to talk
+much of printing in the new and famous characters; appropriated money
+to procure a press and types, and anticipated with joy the printing of
+the Scriptures in a language they could read and understand.
+
+At the same time the missionaries to the Choctaws were reducing their
+language to a system. One of them collected more than 3000 words,
+arranged according to the subjects to which they refer, which he
+translated into English. Ten hymns were also translated into Choctaw,
+and a spelling-book prepared in the same language.
+
+_Austin._ But let us hear what became of the Guyst's Cherokee
+alphabet. As that was an invention of his own, it seems very
+wonderful.
+
+_Hunter._ I will tell you. In the summer or fall of 1827, there was an
+examination of one of the Cherokee mission schools, on which occasion
+one of the chiefs made an address in the Cherokee language, of which
+the following is a translation.
+
+"Dear children:--I often speak to you, and encourage you to continue
+in the pursuit of useful knowledge; such knowledge as will be for your
+own good, and that of your own country. You are engaged in a good
+thing. I am always pleased to see the progress you are making in
+learning. I feel that much depends on you. On you depends the future
+welfare of your country.
+
+"When I was young there were no schools among us. No one to teach us
+such learning as you are now obtaining. My lot was quite different
+from yours. You have here many advantages. Improve them. Pursue the
+paths of virtue and knowledge. Some of your fathers, who first agreed
+for the teachers to come among us, are now no more. They are gone.
+
+"It is now some years since a school was established in Creekpath,
+your native place. I myself aided to build the first school-house. At
+first the children did not learn very fast. But now, since the
+establishment of a school at this place, they are doing much better. I
+have reason to believe you are learning as fast as might be expected.
+Some of you have been in school five years, and some not so long. You
+have now acquired considerable knowledge. By-and-by you will have
+more. This gives me great satisfaction. Remember that the whites are
+near us. With them we have constant intercourse; and you must be
+sensible that, unless you can speak their language, read and write as
+they do, they will be able to cheat you and trample upon your rights.
+Be diligent, therefore, in your studies, and let nothing hinder you
+from them. Do not quarrel with each other. Aid one another in your
+useful employ; obey your teachers, and walk in the way they tell you."
+
+In November, after this speech was delivered, a fount of types in the
+new Cherokee alphabet was shipped from Boston to the Cherokee nation:
+and from an account published at the time, I take a few sentences.
+
+"The press will be employed in printing the New Testament and other
+portions of the Bible, and school-books in the Cherokee language, and
+such other books in Cherokee or English as will tend to diffuse
+knowledge through the nation. A prospectus has also been issued for a
+newspaper, entitled the _Cherokee Phoenix_, to be printed partly in
+Cherokee, and partly in English; the first number of which is expected
+to appear early in January. All this has been done by order of the
+Cherokee government, and at their expense. They have also hired a
+printer to superintend the printing office, to whom they give $400 a
+year, and another printer to whom they give $300. Mr. Elias Boudinot,
+who was educated, in part, at the Foreign Mission School, then
+established in Cornwall, (Conn.,) was appointed editor, with a yearly
+salary of $300.
+
+"Among the Cherokees, then, we are to see the first printing-press
+ever owned and employed by any nation of the aborigines of this
+continent; the first effort at writing and printing in characters of
+their own; the first newspaper, and the first book printed among
+themselves; the first editor; and the first well organized system for
+securing a general diffusion of knowledge among the people. Among the
+Cherokees, also, we see established the first regularly elective
+government, with the legislative, judicial, and executive branches
+distinct; with the safeguards of a written constitution and trial by
+jury. Here, also, we see first the Christian religion recognised and
+protected by the government; regular and exemplary Christian churches;
+and flourishing schools extensively established, and, in many
+instances, taught by native Cherokees."
+
+_Brian._ I suppose, by this time, they have a great many books
+printed, and more than one newspaper.
+
+_Hunter._ Alas, poor fellows! they have had something very different
+to think about since the times I have been speaking of. I cannot make
+you understand all the particulars. But the government of the state
+within whose bounds the Indian country lay, wished to have the Indians
+under their control; while the Indians considered themselves, and had
+always been treated by the United States government as independent
+nations or communities. Treaties were made with them just as with
+foreign nations. There were difficulties on every side. A proposition
+was made to them, to sell their lands to the United States, and remove
+to a country beyond the Mississippi. Some of the tribes were in favour
+of this, and some were opposed to it. The state government became more
+and more urgent for their removal, and at last effectual measures were
+adopted for this purpose, and the Cherokees and other tribes were
+driven from their homes, which were now becoming the abodes of
+civilization and comfort and Christian love, and were compelled to
+find a new residence in the far, far distant West. It is a melancholy
+and reproachful chapter in our history as a nation; and we have reason
+to fear that a day of retribution is at hand, if, indeed, it is not
+now upon us. There is a just God, who plucks up and destroys even the
+mighty nations of the earth; and, in every period of the world, his
+power to visit their iniquities has been exhibited.
+
+_Austin._ And have all efforts for their improvement been given up?
+
+_Hunter._ O, no. As I told you just now, several interesting and
+prosperous missions are established among them in their new abode; and
+so lately as the years 1843-4, the sum of $300 was appropriated by the
+American Bible Society, towards printing portions of the New Testament
+in the Dakota tongue, for the use of the Sioux. And the same blessed
+volume is now in the course of publication at the Bible Society's
+house in New York, in the language of the Ojibbewas. This is a large
+tribe, and their tongue is understood by several of the neighbouring
+tribes. It is hoped that the possession of the gospel of peace by the
+Sioux and Ojibbewas, in their respective tongues, will produce a more
+pacific spirit between these two hostile tribes. To this end
+Christians should pray that the Scriptures of truth may be accompanied
+by the Spirit of truth; that they may bring forth the fruits of
+holiness; and that the remnant of the tribes may all be brought to the
+knowledge of the Saviour.
+
+There are many obstacles to this most desirable event. The wars that
+break out unexpectedly among the tribes, the reverence entertained for
+superstitious customs, their removals from one place to another, the
+natural indolence of Indians, and their love of spirituous liquors,
+given by white men in order to deceive them; these and other causes
+are always at work, operating against the efforts of the missionary. I
+might, it is true, give you more instances than I have done of an
+encouraging kind, respecting the Indians generally.[6]
+
+ [Footnote 6: The reader is referred to a memoir of CATHARINE
+ BROWN, a converted Cherokee girl, (written by the Rev. Dr.
+ ANDERSON, and published by the _American Sunday-school
+ Union_,) for one of the most interesting exhibitions of the
+ influence of the Gospel upon the human heart, as well as for
+ a very correct and gratifying account of missionary labour
+ and success among untutored Indians.]
+
+But, perhaps, it will be better now to sum up the account by saying,
+the missionary is at work among them with some degree of success; and
+though, from the remoteness of many of the tribes, their strong
+attachment to the superstitions of their forefathers, and other causes
+already alluded to, the progress of Christianity is necessarily slow,
+there is no doubt that it will ultimately prevail; the promise has
+gone forth, and will be fulfilled; the heathen will be the inheritance
+of the Redeemer, and the uttermost parts of the earth will be his
+possession. He who has clothed the arm of the red man with strength,
+shod his feet with swiftness, and filled his heart with courage, will,
+in due time, subdue his cruelty and revenge; open his eyes to discern
+the wondrous things of God's holy law; dispose his mind to acknowledge
+the Lord of life and glory, and make him willing to receive the gospel
+of the Redeemer.
+
+ THE END.
+
+
+ PUBLICATIONS OF THE M. E. CHURCH, SOUTH.
+
+
+THE ART OF PRINTING. Edited by Thomas O. Summers, D.D. 18mo., pp. 185.
+Price 30 cts.
+
+This volume traces the art preservative of all arts from its rude
+beginnings to its present approximation to perfection. It has
+engravings representing presses, etc.
+
+
+A TREATISE ON SECRET AND SOCIAL PRAYER. By Richard Treffry. 18mo., pp.
+215. Price 35 cts.
+
+A very serviceable book.
+
+
+METHODISM; or, Christianity in Earnest.
+
+SABBATH-SCHOOL OFFERING; or, True Stories and Poems.
+
+THE DAY-SPRING; or, Light to them that sit in Darkness.
+
+The foregoing three volumes are interesting little books, from the pen
+of Mrs. M. Martin, of South Carolina. They are composed of Sketches,
+Incidents, Poems, etc., beautifully illustrated and neatly printed.
+Price, respectively, 30, 30, and 25 cts.
+
+
+JERUSALEM, ANCIENT AND MODERN. Two vols. Price 60 cts.
+
+Excellent books, embellished with elegant steel engravings.
+
+
+THE PALM TRIBES--LIFE OF CYRUS--LIFE OF SIR ISAAC
+NEWTON--SWITZERLAND--IONA--MONEY--THE INQUISITION.
+
+These volumes belong to a series of nearly uniform size, written by
+some of the first pens of the age. In every one of them a vast amount
+of useful information is presented in a short compass. They are of
+that class desiderated by Dr. Arnold--"I never wanted articles on
+religious subjects half so much as articles on common subjects,
+written with a decidedly religious turn." They are valuable additions
+to Sunday-school and family libraries, with special reference to which
+they have been carefully revised by the Editor. They are sold at 30
+cts. each. LONDON IN THE OLDEN TIMES, and more than thirty others,
+belong to this series.
+
+
+VARIATIONS OF POPERY. By Samuel Edgar, D.D. 8vo., $1 25.
+
+A masterly work.
+
+
+VOLCANOES. Price 30 cts.
+
+THE LIFE OF THE REV. JOHN W. DE LA FLECHERE
+
+Compiled from the Narrative of the Rev. Mr. Wesley; the Biographical
+Notes of the Rev. Mr. Gilpin, from his own Letters, and other
+authentic Documents, many of which were never before published. By
+Joseph Benson. Price 60 cts.
+
+THE LIFE OF MRS. MARY FLETCHER, Consort and Relict of Rev. John
+Fletcher, Vicar of Madeley, Salop. Compiled from her Journal, and
+other authentic Documents. By Henry Moore. Price 60 cts.
+
+Cheap and convenient editions of these two Methodist classics.
+
+
+STORIES FOR VILLAGE LADS. By the Author of "Stories of Schoolboys,"
+"Frank Harrison," etc. Price 35 cts.
+
+STORIES OF SCHOOLBOYS. By the Author of "Stories for Village Lads."
+Price 30 cts.
+
+Those "lads" and "boys" are English; but we can find a great many like
+them in the United States, though one seldom meets with such capital
+stories as these _for_ them and _of_ them.
+
+
+ST. PETER'S CHAIN OF CHRISTIAN VIRTUES. By the Rev. C. D. Oliver, of
+the Alabama Conference. Price 40 cents.
+
+An edifying treatise, based on 2 Pet. i. 5-7.
+
+
+CHRISTIAN THEOLOGY: By Adam Clarke, LL.D., F.A.S.
+
+Selected from his published and unpublished Writings, and
+systematically arranged. With a Life of the Author. By Samuel Dunn.
+Price 75 cts.
+
+A carefully revised edition of this great work.
+
+
+THE GREAT SUPPER NOT CALVINISTIC; being a Reply to the Rev. Dr.
+Fairchild's Discourses on the Parable of the Great Supper. By Leroy M.
+Lee, D.D. Price 50 cts.
+
+There is no mincing the matter in this sturdy volume. Even-handed
+justice is dealt out to Dr. Fairchild, with his aiders and abettors;
+and the gospel of the grace of God is triumphantly defended from their
+Calvinistic imputations.
+
+
+
+
+
+End of the Project Gutenberg EBook of History, Manners, and Customs of the
+North American Indians, by George Mogridge
+
+*** END OF THIS PROJECT GUTENBERG EBOOK HISTORY, NORTH AMERICAN INDIANS ***
+
+***** This file should be named 26688-8.txt or 26688-8.zip *****
+This and all associated files of various formats will be found in:
+ https://www.gutenberg.org/2/6/6/8/26688/
+
+Produced by Irma Spehar and the Online Distributed
+Proofreading Team at https://www.pgdp.net (This file was
+produced from images generously made available by The
+Internet Archive/American Libraries.)
+
+
+Updated editions will replace the previous one--the old editions
+will be renamed.
+
+Creating the works from public domain print editions means that no
+one owns a United States copyright in these works, so the Foundation
+(and you!) can copy and distribute it in the United States without
+permission and without paying copyright royalties. Special rules,
+set forth in the General Terms of Use part of this license, apply to
+copying and distributing Project Gutenberg-tm electronic works to
+protect the PROJECT GUTENBERG-tm concept and trademark. Project
+Gutenberg is a registered trademark, and may not be used if you
+charge for the eBooks, unless you receive specific permission. If you
+do not charge anything for copies of this eBook, complying with the
+rules is very easy. You may use this eBook for nearly any purpose
+such as creation of derivative works, reports, performances and
+research. They may be modified and printed and given away--you may do
+practically ANYTHING with public domain eBooks. Redistribution is
+subject to the trademark license, especially commercial
+redistribution.
+
+
+
+*** START: FULL LICENSE ***
+
+THE FULL PROJECT GUTENBERG LICENSE
+PLEASE READ THIS BEFORE YOU DISTRIBUTE OR USE THIS WORK
+
+To protect the Project Gutenberg-tm mission of promoting the free
+distribution of electronic works, by using or distributing this work
+(or any other work associated in any way with the phrase "Project
+Gutenberg"), you agree to comply with all the terms of the Full Project
+Gutenberg-tm License (available with this file or online at
+https://gutenberg.org/license).
+
+
+Section 1. General Terms of Use and Redistributing Project Gutenberg-tm
+electronic works
+
+1.A. By reading or using any part of this Project Gutenberg-tm
+electronic work, you indicate that you have read, understand, agree to
+and accept all the terms of this license and intellectual property
+(trademark/copyright) agreement. If you do not agree to abide by all
+the terms of this agreement, you must cease using and return or destroy
+all copies of Project Gutenberg-tm electronic works in your possession.
+If you paid a fee for obtaining a copy of or access to a Project
+Gutenberg-tm electronic work and you do not agree to be bound by the
+terms of this agreement, you may obtain a refund from the person or
+entity to whom you paid the fee as set forth in paragraph 1.E.8.
+
+1.B. "Project Gutenberg" is a registered trademark. It may only be
+used on or associated in any way with an electronic work by people who
+agree to be bound by the terms of this agreement. There are a few
+things that you can do with most Project Gutenberg-tm electronic works
+even without complying with the full terms of this agreement. See
+paragraph 1.C below. There are a lot of things you can do with Project
+Gutenberg-tm electronic works if you follow the terms of this agreement
+and help preserve free future access to Project Gutenberg-tm electronic
+works. See paragraph 1.E below.
+
+1.C. The Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation ("the Foundation"
+or PGLAF), owns a compilation copyright in the collection of Project
+Gutenberg-tm electronic works. Nearly all the individual works in the
+collection are in the public domain in the United States. If an
+individual work is in the public domain in the United States and you are
+located in the United States, we do not claim a right to prevent you from
+copying, distributing, performing, displaying or creating derivative
+works based on the work as long as all references to Project Gutenberg
+are removed. Of course, we hope that you will support the Project
+Gutenberg-tm mission of promoting free access to electronic works by
+freely sharing Project Gutenberg-tm works in compliance with the terms of
+this agreement for keeping the Project Gutenberg-tm name associated with
+the work. You can easily comply with the terms of this agreement by
+keeping this work in the same format with its attached full Project
+Gutenberg-tm License when you share it without charge with others.
+
+1.D. The copyright laws of the place where you are located also govern
+what you can do with this work. Copyright laws in most countries are in
+a constant state of change. If you are outside the United States, check
+the laws of your country in addition to the terms of this agreement
+before downloading, copying, displaying, performing, distributing or
+creating derivative works based on this work or any other Project
+Gutenberg-tm work. The Foundation makes no representations concerning
+the copyright status of any work in any country outside the United
+States.
+
+1.E. Unless you have removed all references to Project Gutenberg:
+
+1.E.1. The following sentence, with active links to, or other immediate
+access to, the full Project Gutenberg-tm License must appear prominently
+whenever any copy of a Project Gutenberg-tm work (any work on which the
+phrase "Project Gutenberg" appears, or with which the phrase "Project
+Gutenberg" is associated) is accessed, displayed, performed, viewed,
+copied or distributed:
+
+This eBook is for the use of anyone anywhere at no cost and with
+almost no restrictions whatsoever. You may copy it, give it away or
+re-use it under the terms of the Project Gutenberg License included
+with this eBook or online at www.gutenberg.org
+
+1.E.2. If an individual Project Gutenberg-tm electronic work is derived
+from the public domain (does not contain a notice indicating that it is
+posted with permission of the copyright holder), the work can be copied
+and distributed to anyone in the United States without paying any fees
+or charges. If you are redistributing or providing access to a work
+with the phrase "Project Gutenberg" associated with or appearing on the
+work, you must comply either with the requirements of paragraphs 1.E.1
+through 1.E.7 or obtain permission for the use of the work and the
+Project Gutenberg-tm trademark as set forth in paragraphs 1.E.8 or
+1.E.9.
+
+1.E.3. If an individual Project Gutenberg-tm electronic work is posted
+with the permission of the copyright holder, your use and distribution
+must comply with both paragraphs 1.E.1 through 1.E.7 and any additional
+terms imposed by the copyright holder. Additional terms will be linked
+to the Project Gutenberg-tm License for all works posted with the
+permission of the copyright holder found at the beginning of this work.
+
+1.E.4. Do not unlink or detach or remove the full Project Gutenberg-tm
+License terms from this work, or any files containing a part of this
+work or any other work associated with Project Gutenberg-tm.
+
+1.E.5. Do not copy, display, perform, distribute or redistribute this
+electronic work, or any part of this electronic work, without
+prominently displaying the sentence set forth in paragraph 1.E.1 with
+active links or immediate access to the full terms of the Project
+Gutenberg-tm License.
+
+1.E.6. You may convert to and distribute this work in any binary,
+compressed, marked up, nonproprietary or proprietary form, including any
+word processing or hypertext form. However, if you provide access to or
+distribute copies of a Project Gutenberg-tm work in a format other than
+"Plain Vanilla ASCII" or other format used in the official version
+posted on the official Project Gutenberg-tm web site (www.gutenberg.org),
+you must, at no additional cost, fee or expense to the user, provide a
+copy, a means of exporting a copy, or a means of obtaining a copy upon
+request, of the work in its original "Plain Vanilla ASCII" or other
+form. Any alternate format must include the full Project Gutenberg-tm
+License as specified in paragraph 1.E.1.
+
+1.E.7. Do not charge a fee for access to, viewing, displaying,
+performing, copying or distributing any Project Gutenberg-tm works
+unless you comply with paragraph 1.E.8 or 1.E.9.
+
+1.E.8. You may charge a reasonable fee for copies of or providing
+access to or distributing Project Gutenberg-tm electronic works provided
+that
+
+- You pay a royalty fee of 20% of the gross profits you derive from
+ the use of Project Gutenberg-tm works calculated using the method
+ you already use to calculate your applicable taxes. The fee is
+ owed to the owner of the Project Gutenberg-tm trademark, but he
+ has agreed to donate royalties under this paragraph to the
+ Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation. Royalty payments
+ must be paid within 60 days following each date on which you
+ prepare (or are legally required to prepare) your periodic tax
+ returns. Royalty payments should be clearly marked as such and
+ sent to the Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation at the
+ address specified in Section 4, "Information about donations to
+ the Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation."
+
+- You provide a full refund of any money paid by a user who notifies
+ you in writing (or by e-mail) within 30 days of receipt that s/he
+ does not agree to the terms of the full Project Gutenberg-tm
+ License. You must require such a user to return or
+ destroy all copies of the works possessed in a physical medium
+ and discontinue all use of and all access to other copies of
+ Project Gutenberg-tm works.
+
+- You provide, in accordance with paragraph 1.F.3, a full refund of any
+ money paid for a work or a replacement copy, if a defect in the
+ electronic work is discovered and reported to you within 90 days
+ of receipt of the work.
+
+- You comply with all other terms of this agreement for free
+ distribution of Project Gutenberg-tm works.
+
+1.E.9. If you wish to charge a fee or distribute a Project Gutenberg-tm
+electronic work or group of works on different terms than are set
+forth in this agreement, you must obtain permission in writing from
+both the Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation and Michael
+Hart, the owner of the Project Gutenberg-tm trademark. Contact the
+Foundation as set forth in Section 3 below.
+
+1.F.
+
+1.F.1. Project Gutenberg volunteers and employees expend considerable
+effort to identify, do copyright research on, transcribe and proofread
+public domain works in creating the Project Gutenberg-tm
+collection. Despite these efforts, Project Gutenberg-tm electronic
+works, and the medium on which they may be stored, may contain
+"Defects," such as, but not limited to, incomplete, inaccurate or
+corrupt data, transcription errors, a copyright or other intellectual
+property infringement, a defective or damaged disk or other medium, a
+computer virus, or computer codes that damage or cannot be read by
+your equipment.
+
+1.F.2. LIMITED WARRANTY, DISCLAIMER OF DAMAGES - Except for the "Right
+of Replacement or Refund" described in paragraph 1.F.3, the Project
+Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation, the owner of the Project
+Gutenberg-tm trademark, and any other party distributing a Project
+Gutenberg-tm electronic work under this agreement, disclaim all
+liability to you for damages, costs and expenses, including legal
+fees. YOU AGREE THAT YOU HAVE NO REMEDIES FOR NEGLIGENCE, STRICT
+LIABILITY, BREACH OF WARRANTY OR BREACH OF CONTRACT EXCEPT THOSE
+PROVIDED IN PARAGRAPH F3. YOU AGREE THAT THE FOUNDATION, THE
+TRADEMARK OWNER, AND ANY DISTRIBUTOR UNDER THIS AGREEMENT WILL NOT BE
+LIABLE TO YOU FOR ACTUAL, DIRECT, INDIRECT, CONSEQUENTIAL, PUNITIVE OR
+INCIDENTAL DAMAGES EVEN IF YOU GIVE NOTICE OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH
+DAMAGE.
+
+1.F.3. LIMITED RIGHT OF REPLACEMENT OR REFUND - If you discover a
+defect in this electronic work within 90 days of receiving it, you can
+receive a refund of the money (if any) you paid for it by sending a
+written explanation to the person you received the work from. If you
+received the work on a physical medium, you must return the medium with
+your written explanation. The person or entity that provided you with
+the defective work may elect to provide a replacement copy in lieu of a
+refund. If you received the work electronically, the person or entity
+providing it to you may choose to give you a second opportunity to
+receive the work electronically in lieu of a refund. If the second copy
+is also defective, you may demand a refund in writing without further
+opportunities to fix the problem.
+
+1.F.4. Except for the limited right of replacement or refund set forth
+in paragraph 1.F.3, this work is provided to you 'AS-IS' WITH NO OTHER
+WARRANTIES OF ANY KIND, EXPRESS OR IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO
+WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTIBILITY OR FITNESS FOR ANY PURPOSE.
+
+1.F.5. Some states do not allow disclaimers of certain implied
+warranties or the exclusion or limitation of certain types of damages.
+If any disclaimer or limitation set forth in this agreement violates the
+law of the state applicable to this agreement, the agreement shall be
+interpreted to make the maximum disclaimer or limitation permitted by
+the applicable state law. The invalidity or unenforceability of any
+provision of this agreement shall not void the remaining provisions.
+
+1.F.6. INDEMNITY - You agree to indemnify and hold the Foundation, the
+trademark owner, any agent or employee of the Foundation, anyone
+providing copies of Project Gutenberg-tm electronic works in accordance
+with this agreement, and any volunteers associated with the production,
+promotion and distribution of Project Gutenberg-tm electronic works,
+harmless from all liability, costs and expenses, including legal fees,
+that arise directly or indirectly from any of the following which you do
+or cause to occur: (a) distribution of this or any Project Gutenberg-tm
+work, (b) alteration, modification, or additions or deletions to any
+Project Gutenberg-tm work, and (c) any Defect you cause.
+
+
+Section 2. Information about the Mission of Project Gutenberg-tm
+
+Project Gutenberg-tm is synonymous with the free distribution of
+electronic works in formats readable by the widest variety of computers
+including obsolete, old, middle-aged and new computers. It exists
+because of the efforts of hundreds of volunteers and donations from
+people in all walks of life.
+
+Volunteers and financial support to provide volunteers with the
+assistance they need, is critical to reaching Project Gutenberg-tm's
+goals and ensuring that the Project Gutenberg-tm collection will
+remain freely available for generations to come. In 2001, the Project
+Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation was created to provide a secure
+and permanent future for Project Gutenberg-tm and future generations.
+To learn more about the Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation
+and how your efforts and donations can help, see Sections 3 and 4
+and the Foundation web page at https://www.pglaf.org.
+
+
+Section 3. Information about the Project Gutenberg Literary Archive
+Foundation
+
+The Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation is a non profit
+501(c)(3) educational corporation organized under the laws of the
+state of Mississippi and granted tax exempt status by the Internal
+Revenue Service. The Foundation's EIN or federal tax identification
+number is 64-6221541. Its 501(c)(3) letter is posted at
+https://pglaf.org/fundraising. Contributions to the Project Gutenberg
+Literary Archive Foundation are tax deductible to the full extent
+permitted by U.S. federal laws and your state's laws.
+
+The Foundation's principal office is located at 4557 Melan Dr. S.
+Fairbanks, AK, 99712., but its volunteers and employees are scattered
+throughout numerous locations. Its business office is located at
+809 North 1500 West, Salt Lake City, UT 84116, (801) 596-1887, email
+business@pglaf.org. Email contact links and up to date contact
+information can be found at the Foundation's web site and official
+page at https://pglaf.org
+
+For additional contact information:
+ Dr. Gregory B. Newby
+ Chief Executive and Director
+ gbnewby@pglaf.org
+
+
+Section 4. Information about Donations to the Project Gutenberg
+Literary Archive Foundation
+
+Project Gutenberg-tm depends upon and cannot survive without wide
+spread public support and donations to carry out its mission of
+increasing the number of public domain and licensed works that can be
+freely distributed in machine readable form accessible by the widest
+array of equipment including outdated equipment. Many small donations
+($1 to $5,000) are particularly important to maintaining tax exempt
+status with the IRS.
+
+The Foundation is committed to complying with the laws regulating
+charities and charitable donations in all 50 states of the United
+States. Compliance requirements are not uniform and it takes a
+considerable effort, much paperwork and many fees to meet and keep up
+with these requirements. We do not solicit donations in locations
+where we have not received written confirmation of compliance. To
+SEND DONATIONS or determine the status of compliance for any
+particular state visit https://pglaf.org
+
+While we cannot and do not solicit contributions from states where we
+have not met the solicitation requirements, we know of no prohibition
+against accepting unsolicited donations from donors in such states who
+approach us with offers to donate.
+
+International donations are gratefully accepted, but we cannot make
+any statements concerning tax treatment of donations received from
+outside the United States. U.S. laws alone swamp our small staff.
+
+Please check the Project Gutenberg Web pages for current donation
+methods and addresses. Donations are accepted in a number of other
+ways including including checks, online payments and credit card
+donations. To donate, please visit: https://pglaf.org/donate
+
+
+Section 5. General Information About Project Gutenberg-tm electronic
+works.
+
+Professor Michael S. Hart was the originator of the Project Gutenberg-tm
+concept of a library of electronic works that could be freely shared
+with anyone. For thirty years, he produced and distributed Project
+Gutenberg-tm eBooks with only a loose network of volunteer support.
+
+
+Project Gutenberg-tm eBooks are often created from several printed
+editions, all of which are confirmed as Public Domain in the U.S.
+unless a copyright notice is included. Thus, we do not necessarily
+keep eBooks in compliance with any particular paper edition.
+
+
+Most people start at our Web site which has the main PG search facility:
+
+ https://www.gutenberg.org
+
+This Web site includes information about Project Gutenberg-tm,
+including how to make donations to the Project Gutenberg Literary
+Archive Foundation, how to help produce our new eBooks, and how to
+subscribe to our email newsletter to hear about new eBooks.